11-ACL and QoS Command References

HomeSupportReference GuidesCommand ReferencesH3C MSR610[810][830][1000S][2600][3600] Routers Command References(V7)-R6749-6W10011-ACL and QoS Command References
02-QoS commands
Title Size Download
02-QoS commands 862.88 KB

Contents

QoS policy commands· 1

Traffic class commands· 1

display traffic classifier 1

if-match· 2

traffic classifier 20

Traffic behavior commands· 21

car 21

car percent 22

display traffic behavior 24

filter 26

gts· 27

gts percent 28

packet-rate· 29

redirect 31

remark dot1p· 35

remark dscp· 35

remark flow-id· 36

remark ip-precedence· 39

remark local-precedence· 40

remark qos-local-id· 40

remark service-class· 41

remark tunnel-dscp· 43

traffic behavior 44

traffic-policy· 45

QoS policy commands· 46

classifier behavior 46

control-plane· 47

display qos policy· 48

display qos policy advpn· 50

display qos policy control-plane· 51

display qos policy control-plane pre-defined· 53

display qos policy global 55

display qos policy interface· 57

display qos policy l2vpn-pw· 60

display qos policy sdwan· 62

display qos policy srv6-policy· 63

display qos policy user-profile· 67

qos apply policy (interface view, PVC view, control plane view, PW view) 71

qos apply policy (user profile view) 73

qos apply policy global 73

qos apply policy srv6-policy· 74

qos apply user-profile downstream·· 77

qos policy· 79

reset qos policy advpn· 80

reset qos policy control-plane· 81

reset qos policy global 81

reset qos policy srv6-policy· 82

reset qos policy sdwan· 84

QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period commands· 85

qos flow-interval 85

Interface channelization commands· 1

display mode channel-bandwidth interface· 2

mode channel-bandwidth· 4

Priority mapping commands· 6

Priority map commands· 6

display qos map-table· 6

import 8

qos map-table· 8

Priority trust mode commands· 9

display qos trust interface· 10

qos trust 11

Port priority commands· 11

qos priority· 12

Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands· 14

Traffic policing commands· 14

display qos car interface· 14

display qos carl 15

display qos tunnel-session· 16

qos car (interface view) 21

qos car (user profile view) 24

qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval 25

qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold· 26

qos car percent (interface view) 27

qos carl 29

qos overhead compensation-length· 35

reset qos tunnel-session· 36

GTS commands· 39

display qos gts interface· 39

qos gts· 40

qos gts (user profile view) 41

Rate limit commands· 44

display qos lr 44

qos lr 45

qos lr outbound (user profile view) 48

qos overhead layer 50

qos bandwidth downstream·· 53

Congestion management commands· 56

Common commands· 56

display qos queue interface· 56

display qos queue l2vpn-pw· 57

reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw· 58

FIFO queuing commands· 58

display qos queue fifo· 58

qos fifo queue-length· 60

PQ commands· 60

display qos pql 60

display qos queue pq interface· 61

qos pq· 63

qos pq (user profile view) 63

qos pql default-queue· 66

qos pql inbound-interface· 67

qos pql local-precedence· 68

qos pql protocol 69

qos pql protocol mpls exp· 70

qos pql queue· 71

CQ commands· 73

display qos cql 73

display qos queue cq interface· 73

qos cq· 74

qos cql default-queue· 75

qos cql inbound-interface· 76

qos cql local-precedence· 76

qos cql protocol 77

qos cql protocol mpls exp· 78

qos cql queue· 79

qos cql queue serving· 80

WFQ commands· 80

display qos queue wfq· 80

qos wfq· 82

RTPQ commands· 83

display qos queue rtpq interface· 83

qos rtpq· 84

CBQ commands· 85

display qos queue cbq· 85

qos reserved-bandwidth· 86

queue af 87

queue ef 88

queue sp· 89

queue wfq· 90

queue-length· 90

wred· 91

wred dscp· 92

wred ip-precedence· 93

wred weighting-constant 94

Packet information pre-extraction commands· 95

qos pre-classify· 95

Congestion avoidance commands· 97

WRED commands· 97

display qos wred interface· 97

qos wred dscp· 98

qos wred enable· 99

qos wred ip-precedence· 100

qos wred weighting-constant 101

QPPB commands· 102

bgp-policy· 102


QoS policy commands

For compatibility of a device for ATM interfaces, see the installation and interface module guides of the device.

MSR810-LMS/810-LUS/3600-28-SI/3600-28-SI-GL/3600-51-SI devices do not support L2VPN PWs.

Traffic class commands

display traffic classifier

Use display traffic classifier to display traffic classes.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display traffic classifier { system-defined | user-defined } [ classifier-name ]

In IRF mode:

display traffic classifier { system-defined | user-defined } [ classifier-name ] [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

system-defined: Specifies system-defined traffic classes.

user-defined: Specifies user-defined traffic classes.

classifier-name: Specifies a traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a traffic class, this command displays all traffic classes.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the traffic classes for the master device. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display all user-defined traffic classes.

<Sysname> display traffic classifier user-defined

 

  User-defined classifier information:

 

   Classifier: 1 (ID 100)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match acl 2000

 

   Classifier: 2 (ID 101)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match protocol ipv6

 

   Classifier: 3 (ID 102)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      -none-

# Display the system-defined traffic class (default-class).

<Sysname> display traffic classifier system-defined default-class

 

  System-defined classifier information:

 

   Classifier: default-class (ID 0)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

Table 1 Command output

Field

Description

Classifier

Traffic class name and its match criteria.

Operator

Match operator you set for the traffic class. If the operator is AND, the traffic class matches the packets that match all its match criteria. If the operator is OR, the traffic class matches the packets that match any of its match criteria.

Rule(s)

Match criteria.

 

if-match

Use if-match to define a match criterion.

Use undo if-match to delete a match criterion.

Syntax

if-match [ not ] match-criteria

undo if-match [ not ] match-criteria

Default

No match criterion is configured.

Views

Traffic class view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

not: Matches packets that do not conform to the specified criterion.

match-criteria: Specifies a match criterion. Table 2 shows the available match criteria.

Table 2 Available match criteria

Option

Description

acl [ ipv6 | mac ] { acl-number | name acl-name }[ mpls-inner | raw-vpn ]

Matches an ACL.

The value range for the acl-number argument is as follows:

·     2000 to 3999 for IPv4 ACLs.

·     2000 to 3999 for IPv6 ACLs.

·     4000 to 4999 for Layer 2 ACLs.

The acl-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 63 characters, which must start with an English letter. To avoid confusion, make sure the argument is not all.

The mpls-inner keyword matches the inner header information of MPLS packets. If you do not specify this keyword, the ACL matches the header information of non-encapsulated packets or the outer header information of MPLS packets. This keyword takes effect in the inbound direction of an MPLS-enabled interface on an egress node, the MPLS TE outbound direction, and the MPLS inbound direction.

The raw-vpn keyword enables the ACL to match a packet after NAT is performed on the packet. If you do not specify this keyword, the device performs ACL matching before performing NAT. In this case, the source IP addresses of different private network users might be translated to the same public IP address, and the traffic class cannot identify return packets of different private network users. This keyword can only be used on a public network interface that is configured with the nat outbound command and uses an ACL to match return packets.

If no VPN instance is specified in an ACL rule, the ACL rule takes effect on only non-VPN packets.

app-group group-name

Matches an application group.

The group-name argument specifies an application group by its name. The application group must have been created. A nonexistent application group cannot match packets. For more information about creating application groups, see APR in Security Configuration Guide.

application app-name

Matches an application.

any

Matches all packets.

classifier classifier-name

Matches a class.

The classifier-name argument specifies a class by its name.

control-plane protocol protocol-name&<1-8>

Matches control plane protocols.

The protocol-name&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight system-defined control plane protocols. For available system-defined control plane protocols, see Table 3.

control-plane protocol-group protocol-group-name

Matches a control plane protocol group.

The protocol-group-name argument can be critical, important, management, monitor, or normal.

customer-dot1p dot1p-value&<1-8>

Matches 802.1p priority values in inner VLAN tags of double-tagged packets.

The dot1p-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight 802.1p priority values. The value range for the dot1p-value argument is 0 to 7.

customer-vlan-id vlan-id-list

Matches VLAN IDs in inner VLAN tags of double-tagged packets.

The vlan-id-list argument specifies a space-separated list of up to 10 VLAN items. Each item specifies a VLAN or a range of VLANs in the form of vlan-id1 to vlan-id2. The value for vlan-id2 must be greater than or equal to the value for vlan-id1. The value range for the vlan-id argument is 1 to 4094.

destination-mac mac-address

Matches a destination MAC address.

This option takes effect only on Ethernet interfaces.

dscp dscp-value&<1-8>

Matches DSCP values.

The dscp-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight DSCP values. The value range for the dscp-value argument is 0 to 63 or keywords shown in Table 5.

inbound-interface interface-type interface-number

Matches an input interface specified by its type and number.

ip-precedence ip-precedence-value&<1-8>

Matches IP precedence values.

The ip-precedence-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight IP precedence values. The value range for the ip-precedence-value argument is 0 to 7.

local-precedence local-precedence-value&<1-8>

Matches local precedence values.

The local-precedence-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight local precedence values. The value range for the local-precedence-value argument is 0 to 7.

mpls-exp exp-value&<1-8>

Matches MPLS EXP values.

The exp-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight EXP values. The value range for the exp-value argument is 0 to 7.

packet-length { min min-value | max max-value } *

Matches the packet length.

The min-value argument specifies the minimum packet length in bytes. The max-value argument specifies the maximum packet length in bytes. The maximum packet length must be greater than or equal to the minimum packet length.

protocol protocol-name

Matches a protocol.

The protocol-name argument can be arp, ip, or ipv6.

qos-local-id local-id-value

Matches a local QoS ID in the range of 1 to 4095.

rtp payload-type { type-value&<0-16> | audio | video } *

Matches RTP payload types.

The type-value&<0-16> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to 16 RTP payload type values. The value range for the type-value argument is 0 to 127. The audio keyword matches an RTP payload type value in the range of 0 to 23 or 33. The video keyword matches an RTP payload type value in the range of 24 to 34.

rtp start-port start-port-number end-port end-port-number

Matches RTP protocol ports.

The value ranges for the start-port-number and end-port-number arguments are both 2000 to 65535. This criterion matches RTP packets with an even UDP destination port number in the specified RTP port number range.

sdwan-tte site-id site-id [ device-id device-id [ interface-id interface-id ] ]

Matches transport tunnel endpoint (TTE) information in SDWAN.

·     site-id site-id: Specifies a site ID in the range of 1 to 65535.

·     device-id device-id: Specifies a device ID in the range of 1 to 255. If you do not specify a device ID, all devices in the site can be matched.

·     interface-id interface-id: Specifies an interface ID in the range of 1 to 255. If you do not specify an interface ID, all SDWAN tunnel interface on the device can be matched.

For more information about SDWAN, see SDWAN Configuration Guide.

second-mpls-exp exp-value&<1-8>

Matches inner MPLS EXP values.

The exp-value&<1-8> argument is a space-separated list of up to eight EXP values. The value range for the exp-value argument is 0 to 7.

For devices that forward packets in software, MPLS packets do not support IP-related match criteria.

service-dot1p dot1p-value&<1-8>

Matches 802.1p priority values in outer VLAN tags.

The dot1p-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight 802.1p priority values. The value range for the dot1p-value argument is 0 to 7.

service-vlan-id vlan-id-list

Matches VLAN IDs in outer VLAN tags.

The vlan-id-list argument specifies a space-separated list of up to 10 VLAN items. Each item specifies a VLAN or a range of VLANs in the form of vlan-id1 to vlan-id2. The value for vlan-id2 must be greater than or equal to the value for vlan-id1. The value range for the vlan-id argument is 1 to 4094.

You can use this option to match single-tagged packets.

source-mac mac-address

Matches a source MAC address.

This option takes effect only on Ethernet interfaces.

tunnel-dscp dscp-value&<1-8>

Matches the DSCP value in the outer IP header of VXLAN packets.

The dscp-value&<1-8> argument specifies a space-separated list of up to eight DSCP values. The value range for the dscp-value argument is 0 to 63 or keywords shown in Table 5.

vpn-instance vpn-name

Matches a VPN instance.

vxlan { any | vxlan-id }

Matches a VXLAN ID in the range of 0 to 16777215.

 

Table 3 Available system-defined control plane protocols

Protocol

Description

default

Protocol packets other than the following packet types

arp

ARP packets

bgp

BGP packets

bgp4+

IPv6 BGP packets

ftp

FTP packets

http

HTTP packets

https

HTTPS packets

icmp

ICMP packets

icmpv6

ICMPv6 packets

igmp

IGMP packets

isis

IS-IS packets

ldp

LDP packets

ldp6

IPv6 LDP packets

msdp

MSDP packets

ntp

NTP packets

ospf-multicast

OSPF multicast packets

ospf-unicast

OSPF unicast packets

ospf3-multicast

OSPFv3 multicast packets

ospf3-unicast

OSPFv3 unicast packets

pim-multicast

PIM multicast packets

pim-unicast

PIM unicast packets

pim6-multicast

IPv6 PIM multicast packets

pim6-unicast

IPv6 PIM unicast packets

radius

RADIUS packets

rip

RIP packets

ripng

RIPng packets

rsvp

RSVP packets

snmp

SNMP packets

ssh

SSH packets

tacacs

TACACS packets

telnet

Telnet packets

tftp

TFTP packets

vrrp

VRRP packets

vrrp6

IPv6 VRRP packets

Usage guidelines

In a traffic class with the logical OR operator, you can configure multiple if match commands for any of the available match criteria.

When you configure a match criterion that can have multiple values in one if-match command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     You can specify up to eight values for any of the following match criteria in one if-match command:

¡     Control plane protocol.

¡     802.1p priority.

¡     DSCP.

¡     IP precedence.

¡     Local precedence.

¡     MPLS EXP.

·     If a packet matches one of the specified values, it matches the if-match command.

·     To delete a criterion that has multiple values, the specified values in the undo if-match command must be the same as those specified in the if-match command. The order of the values can be different.

When you configure ACL-based match criteria, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     The ACL must already exist.

·     If the ACL contains deny rules, the ACL is used for classification only and the permit/deny actions in ACL rules are ignored. Actions taken on matching packets are defined in traffic behaviors.

You can use both AND and OR operators to define the match relationships between the criteria for a class. For example, you can define relationships among three match criteria in traffic class classA as follows:

traffic classifier classB operator and

if-match criterion 1

if-match criterion 2

traffic classifier classA operator or

if-match criterion 3

if-match classifier classB

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the service-dot1p keyword:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

No

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

No

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

No

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

No

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

No

MSR2600-10-X1

No

MSR2630

No

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

No

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

No

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

No

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

No

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

No

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

No

MSR3640-G

No

MSR3640-X1-HI

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

No

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

No

MSR2600-6-WiNet

No

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

No

MSR2630-WiNet

No

MSR3600-28-WiNet

No

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

No

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

No

MSR860-6HI-XS

No

MSR2630-XS

No

MSR3600-28-XS

No

MSR3610-XS

No

MSR3620-XS

No

MSR3610-I-XS

No

MSR3610-IE-XS

No

MSR3620-X1-XS

No

MSR3640-XS

No

MSR3660-XS

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

No

MSR810-W-LM-GL

No

MSR830-6EI-GL

No

MSR830-10EI-GL

No

MSR830-6HI-GL

No

MSR830-10HI-GL

No

MSR1004S-5G-GL

No

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

No

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the service-vlan-id keyword:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

No

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

No

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

No

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

No

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

No

MSR2600-10-X1

No

MSR2630

No

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

No

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

No

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

No

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

No

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

No

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

No

MSR3640-G

No

MSR3640-X1-HI

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

No

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

No

MSR2600-6-WiNet

No

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

No

MSR2630-WiNet

No

MSR3600-28-WiNet

No

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

No

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

No

MSR860-6HI-XS

No

MSR2630-XS

No

MSR3600-28-XS

No

MSR3610-XS

No

MSR3620-XS

No

MSR3610-I-XS

No

MSR3610-IE-XS

No

MSR3620-X1-XS

No

MSR3640-XS

No

MSR3660-XS

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

No

MSR810-W-LM-GL

No

MSR830-6EI-GL

No

MSR830-10EI-GL

No

MSR830-6HI-GL

No

MSR830-10HI-GL

No

MSR1004S-5G-GL

No

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

No

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the raw-vpn and mpls-inner keywords:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the rtp payload-type keyword:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the sdwan-tte and vpn-instance keywords:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the app-group, application, and vxlan keywords:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

Yes

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

Yes

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Examples

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a destination MAC address of 0050-ba27-bed3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match destination-mac 0050-ba27-bed3

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class2 to match the packets with a source MAC address of 0050-ba27-bed2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class2

[Sysname-classifier-class2] if-match source-mac 0050-ba27-bed2

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the double-tagged packets with 802.1p priority 3 in the inner VLAN tag.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match customer-dot1p 3

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match advanced ACL 3101.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl 3101

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the ACL named flow.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl name flow

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match advanced IPv6 ACL 3101.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl ipv6 3101

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the IPv6 ACL named flow.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl ipv6 name flow

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match all packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match any

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a DSCP value of 1, 6, or 9.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match dscp 1 6 9

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with an IP precedence value of 1 or 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match ip-precedence 1 6

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a local precedence value of 1 or 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match local-precedence 1 6

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match IP packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match protocol ip

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the RTP packets with even UDP destination port numbers in the range of 16384 to 32767.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match rtp start-port 16384 end-port 32767

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match double-tagged packets with VLAN ID 1, 6, or 9 in the inner VLAN tag.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1 operator or

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match customer-vlan-id 1 6 9

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with a local QoS ID of 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match qos-local-id 3

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class to match the RTP packets with payload type 1, 8, audio, or video.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class

[Sysname-behavior-class] if-match rtp payload-type 1 8 audio video

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets of the application group multimedia.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match app-group multimedia

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets of the application 3link.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match application 3link

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match ARP protocol packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match control-plane protocol arp

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match packets of the protocols in protocol group normal.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match control-plane protocol-group normal

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match packets with the length in the range of 100 to 200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match packet-length min 100 max 200

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match packets with DSCP value 10 in the outer IP header of VXLAN packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match tunnel-dscp 10

 # Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the packets with VXLAN 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match vxlan 10

# Define a match criterion for traffic class class1 to match the MPLS packets matching ACL 3000.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1] if-match acl 3000 mpls-inner

traffic classifier

Use traffic classifier to create a traffic class and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing traffic class.

Use undo traffic classifier to delete a traffic class.

Syntax

traffic classifier classifier-name [ operator { and | or } ]

undo traffic classifier classifier-name

Default

No traffic classes exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

classifier-name: Specifies a name for the traffic class, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

operator: Sets the operator to logic AND (the default) or OR for the traffic class.

and: Specifies the logic AND operator. The traffic class matches the packets that match all its criteria.

or: Specifies the logic OR operator. The traffic class matches the packets that match any of its criteria.

Examples

# Create a traffic class named class1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic classifier class1

[Sysname-classifier-class1]

Related commands

display traffic classifier

Traffic behavior commands

car

Use car to configure a CAR action in absolute value in a traffic behavior.

Use undo car to restore the default.

Syntax

car cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

car cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo car

Default

No CAR action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the committed information rate (CIR) in kbps, which is an average traffic rate. The value range for the committed-information-rate argument is 8 to 10000000.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the committed burst size (CBS) in bytes. The value range for the committed-burst-size argument is 1000 to 1000000000. If you specify the cir keyword without specifying the cbs keyword, the default CBS value is 62.5 × committed-information-rate.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the excess burst size (EBS) in bytes. The value range for the excess-burst-size argument is 0 to 1000000000. If you specify the pir keyword without specifying the ebs keyword, the default EBS value is 62.5 ×peak-information-rate.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the peak information rate (PIR) in kbps. The PIR must be specified in the same unit as the CIR. The value range for the peak-information-rate argument is 8 to 10000000.

green action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the CIR. The default setting is pass.

red action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to neither CIR nor PIR. The default setting is discard.

yellow action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the PIR but not to the CIR. The default setting is pass.

action: Sets the action to take on the packet:

·     discard: Drops the packet.

·     pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

·     remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet to new-dscp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63.

·     remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet to new-precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the car command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the car command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

If you execute the car command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure a CAR action in traffic behavior database:

·     Set the CIR to 200 kbps, CBS to 51200 bytes, and EBS to 0.

·     Transmit the conforming packets, and mark the excess packets with DSCP value 0 and transmit them.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] car cir 200 cbs 51200 ebs 0 green pass red remark-dscp-pass 0

car percent

Use car percent to configure a CAR action in percentage in a traffic behavior.

Use undo car to restore the default.

Syntax

car cir percent cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

car cir percent cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time ] pir percent pir-percent [ ebs ebs-time ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo car

 

Default

No percentage-based CAR action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cir percent cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent × interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time × the actual CIR value. The value range for the cbs-time argument is 50 to 2000, and the default value is 500.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time × the actual CIR value. The value range for the ebs-time argument is 0 to 2000. When the pir percent keyword is not specified, the default EBS is 0. When the pir percent keyword is specified, the default EBS is 500.

pir percent pir-percent: Specifies the PIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The PIR value must be greater than or equal to the CIR value.

green action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the CIR. The default is pass.

red action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to neither CIR nor PIR. The default is discard.

yellow action: Specifies the action to take on packets that conform to the PIR but not to the CIR. The default is pass.

action: Sets the action to take on the packet:

·     discard: Drops the packet.

·     pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

·     remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet to new-dscp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

·     remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet to new-precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the car percent command with the pir percent pir-percent option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the car percent command without the pir percent pir-percent option.

A QoS policy that uses a traffic behavior configured with percentage-based CAR can be applied in the inbound or outbound direction of an interface.

If you execute the car percent command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with percentage-based CAR can be applied only to interfaces.

The actual CIR value is cir-percent × bandwidth. The actual PIR value is pir-percent × bandwidth. For a physical interface, the bandwidth is the actual interface bandwidth. For a virtual interface (for example, tunnel interface, Layer 3 aggregate interface, or HDLC link bundle interface), you must set its expected bandwidth (the default expected bandwidth is 0 kbps). For more information about the expected bandwidth, see Ethernet interface commands in Interface Command Reference. In the policy nesting case, the bandwidth used for the CIR and PIR calculations is determined by using the following rules:

·     The top policy uses the interface bandwidth.

·     A child policy uses the CIR value in GTS configured in the behavior of the child policy.

·     If the CIR value is not available in the behavior, the child policy uses the CIR value in GTS configured in the behavior of the higher-level policy.

·     If the CIR value is not available in the behavior of the higher-level policy, the child policy uses the interface bandwidth.

Examples

# Configure a CAR action in percentage in traffic behavior database. The CAR parameters are as follows: CIR is 20% and CBS is 100 ms.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] car cir percent 20 cbs 100

display traffic behavior

Use display traffic behavior to display traffic behaviors.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display traffic behavior { system-defined | user-defined } [ behavior-name ]

In IRF mode:

display traffic behavior { system-defined | user-defined } [ behavior-name ] [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

system-defined: Specifies system-defined traffic behaviors.

 

user-defined: Specifies user-defined traffic behaviors.

behavior-name: Specifies a behavior by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a traffic behavior, this command displays all traffic behaviors.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the traffic behaviors for the master device. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display all user-defined traffic behaviors.

<Sysname> display traffic behavior user-defined

 

  User-defined behavior information:

 

    Behavior: 1 (ID 100)

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 10000 (kbps), CBS 100000 (Bytes), PIR 20000 (kbps), EBS 1250000 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

# Display all system-defined traffic behaviors.

<Sysname> display traffic behavior system-defined

 

  System-defined behavior information:

 

    Behavior: be (ID 0)

      -none-

 

    Behavior: af (ID 1)

      Assured Forwarding:

        Bandwidth 20 (%)

        Discard Method: Tail

 

    Behavior: ef (ID 2)

      Expedited Forwarding:

        Bandwidth 20 (%) Cbs-ratio 25

 

    Behavior: be-flow-based (ID 3)

      Flow based Weighted Fair Queue:

        Max number of hashed queues: 256

        Discard Method: IP Precedence based WRED

        Exponential Weight: 9

        Pre  Low   High  Dis-prob

        -------------------------

        0    10    30    10

        1    10    30    10

        2    10    30    10

        3    10    30    10

        4    10    30    10

        5    10    30    10

        6    10    30    10

        7    10    30    10

Table 4 Command output

Field

Description

Behavior

Name and contents of a traffic behavior.

Marking

Information about priority marking.

Remark dscp

Action of setting the DSCP value for packets.

Committed Access Rate

Information about the CAR action.

Green action

Action to take on green packets.

Yellow action

Action to take on yellow packets.

General Traffic Shaping

Traffic shaping information.

Queue length

Maximum queue length.

Red action

Action to take on red packets.

Redirecting

Information about traffic redirecting.

Mirroring

Information about traffic mirroring.

Expedited Forwarding

Expedited forwarding (EF) information.

Assured Forwarding

AF queue information.

Bandwidth

Queue bandwidth.

Discard Method

Discard method.

Filter enable

Traffic filtering action.

none

No other traffic behavior is configured.

Redirect to SRv6-TE policy

Redirects traffic to an SRv6 TE policy:

·     Endpoint—Endpoint IPv6 address of the SRv6 TE policy.

·     Color—Color attribute value of the SRv6 TE policy.

·     SID—SRv6 SID of the egress node.

 

filter

Use filter to configure a traffic filtering action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo filter to restore the default.

Syntax

filter { deny | permit }

undo filter

Default

No traffic filtering action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

deny: Drops packets.

permit: Transmits packets.

Examples

# Configure a traffic filtering action as deny in traffic behavior database.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] filter deny

gts

Use gts to configure a GTS action in absolute value in a traffic behavior.

Use undo gts to restore the default.

Syntax

gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

undo gts

 

Default

No GTS action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cir committed-information-rate: Sets the CIR in kbps, which specifies the average traffic rate. The value range for the committed-information-rate argument is 8 to 10000000.

cbs committed-burst-size: Sets the CBS in bytes, which specifies the size of burst traffic when the actual average rate is not greater than the CIR. The value range for the committed-burst-size argument is 1000 to 1000000000. If you specify the cir keyword without specifying the cbs keyword, the default CBS value is 62.5 × committed-information-rate.

ebs excess-burst-size: Sets the EBS in bytes. The value range for the excess-burst-size argument is 0 to 1000000000. If you specify the pir keyword without specifying the ebs keyword, the default EBS value is 62.5 × peak-information-rate.

pir peak-information-rate: Sets the PIR in kbps. The PIR cannot be smaller than the CIR. The value range for the peak-information-rate argument is 8 to 10000000.

queue-length queue-length: Sets the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue. The default is 50. The value range for the queue-length argument is 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with GTS can be applied only to the outbound direction of an interface.

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with GTS overwrites the qos gts command on the interface, if both are configured.

If you execute the gts command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

To use two rates for traffic shaping, configure the gts command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic shaping, configure the gts command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

Examples

# Configure a GTS action in absolute value in traffic behavior database. The GTS parameters are as follows: CIR is 200 kbps, CBS is 51200 bytes, EBS is 0, and the maximum queue length is 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] gts cir 200 cbs 51200 ebs 0 queue-length 100

Related commands

gts percent

gts percent

Use gts percent to configure a GTS action in percentage in a traffic behavior.

Use undo gts to restore the default.

Syntax

gts percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

undo gts

 

Default

No percentage-based GTS action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cir cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent × interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in milliseconds. The default cbs-time is 500 milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time × the actual CIR value. The value range for the cbs-time argument is 50 to 2000. If you specify the CIR without specifying the CBS, the default CBS value is 62.5 × CIR.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in milliseconds. The default ebs-time is 0 milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time × the actual CIR value. The value range for the ebs-time argument is 0 to 2000, and the default value is 0.

queue-length queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue. The default is 50. The value range for the queue-length argument is 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with percentage-based GTS can be applied only to the outbound direction of an interface.

A QoS policy that uses a behavior configured with percentage-based GTS overwrites the qos gts command on the interface, if both configured.

If you execute the gts percent command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure a GTS action in percentage in traffic behavior database. The GTS parameters are as follows: CIR is 50 and CBS is 200 ms.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] gts percent cir 50 cbs 200

Related commands

gts

packet-rate

Use packet-rate to configure a protocol packet rate limiting action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo packet-rate to restore the default.

Syntax

packet-rate value

undo packet-rate

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

No

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

No

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

No

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

No

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

No

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

No

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

No

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

No

MSR810-W-LM-GL

No

MSR830-6EI-GL

No

MSR830-10EI-GL

No

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

No protocol packet rate limiting action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

value: Specifies the protocol packet rate in pps. The value range for this argument is 1 to 1048575.

Usage guidelines

Protocol packet rate limiting can protect the CPU against protocol packet attacks.

If you execute the packet-rate command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior copp to rate limit the protocol packets sent to the CPU to 1600 pps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior copp

[Sysname-behavior-copp] packet-rate 1600

redirect

Use redirect to configure a traffic redirecting action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo redirect to restore the default.

Syntax

redirect interface interface-type interface-number [ track-oap ]

undo redirect interface interface-type interface-number

redirect srv6-policy endpoint color [ { sid | vpnsid } sid ]

undo redirect srv6-policy

Default

No traffic redirecting action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interface interface-type interface-number: Redirects traffic to an interface specified by its type and number. To redirect traffic to a tunnel interface, set the interface type to tunnel. To redirect traffic to a Layer 2 aggregate interface, set the interface type to bridge-aggregation. To redirect traffic to a Layer 3 aggregate interface, set the interface type to route-aggregation.

track-oap: Associates the redirecting action with the status of the OAP client. If you do not specify this keyword, the device does not detect the presence of the OAP client or take the redirecting action.

srv6-policy endpoint color [ { sid | vpnsid } sid ]: Redirects traffic to an SRv6 TE policy. The endpoint argument represents the endpoint IPv6 address of the SRv6 TE policy. The color argument represents the color attribute value of the SRv6 TE policy, in the range of 0 to 4294967295. The sid sid argument represents the SRv6 SID (an IPv6 address) of the egress node. Packets continue to be forwarded in the public network after they are forwarded through the SRv6 TE policy. The vpnsid sid argument represents the SRv6 SID (an IPv6 address) of the egress node. Packets continue to be forwarded in the private network after they are forwarded through the SRv6 TE policy. The device adds the SRv6 SID to the SRH header and places it after the SID list. After the packets are forwarded to the egress node, the egress node takes the forwarding action based on the SRv6 SID.

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the srv6-policy endpoint color [ { sid | vpnsid } sid ] option:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Usage guidelines

The following matrix shows the hardware that supports redirecting traffic to an interface:

 

Hardware

Remarks

·     Fixed Layer 2 Ethernet ports on the following routers:

¡     MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

¡     MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

¡     MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-51-X1

¡     MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

¡     MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

¡     MSR3600-28-WiNet, MSR3600-28-XS

¡     MSR3600-28-SI-GL

·     The following Layer 2 interface modules installed on routers:

¡     HMIM-8GSW

¡     HMIM-8GSWF

¡     HMIM-24GSW(P)

For information about the support of the routers for Layer 2 interface modules, see H3C MSR Router Series Comware 7 Interface Module Guide.

 

You can redirect traffic to a VPN instance by redirecting the traffic to an SRv6 TE policy. If you do not specify the { sid | vpnsid } sid option, traffic is redirected to the public network.

Make sure the specified SRv6 SID is correct. This value in packets does not indicate the public or private network attribute. The destination node forwards the packets according to the local SID table.

If you execute the redirect command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure redirecting traffic to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 in traffic behavior database.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] redirect interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

# Configure redirecting traffic to an SRv6 TE policy in traffic behavior 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior 1

[Sysname-behavior-1] redirect srv6-policy 2:2 2 sid 2:1

Related commands

classifier behavior

qos policy

traffic behavior

remark dot1p

Use remark dot1p to configure an 802.1p priority marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark dot1p to restore the default.

Syntax

remark dot1p dot1p-value

undo remark dot1p

Default

No 802.1p priority marking priority copying action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dot1p-value: Specifies the 802.1p priority to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database to mark matching traffic with 802.1p 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark dot1p 2

remark dscp

Use remark dscp to configure a DSCP marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

remark dscp dscp-value

undo remark dscp

Default

No DSCP marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies a DSCP value, which can be a number from 0 to 63 or a keyword in Table 5.

Table 5 DSCP keywords and values

Keyword

DSCP value (binary)

DSCP value (decimal)

af11

001010

10

af12

001100

12

af13

001110

14

af21

010010

18

af22

010100

20

af23

010110

22

af31

011010

26

af32

011100

28

af33

011110

30

af41

100010

34

af42

100100

36

af43

100110

38

cs1

001000

8

cs2

010000

16

cs3

011000

24

cs4

100000

32

cs5

101000

40

cs6

110000

48

cs7

111000

56

default

000000

0

ef

101110

46

 

Usage guidelines

If you execute the remark dscp command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database to mark matching traffic with DSCP 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark dscp 6

remark flow-id

Use remark flow-id to configure a flow ID marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark flow-id to restore the default.

Syntax

remark flow-id flow-id

undo remark flow-id flow-id

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

No flow ID marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

flow-id: Specifies a flow ID in the range of 1 to 65535.

Usage guidelines

In a RIR network, the RIR server deploys a traffic profile, NQA link detection results, and a QoS policy to the device.

1.     The device selects an appropriate link for packets according to the traffic profile and NQA link detection results.

2.     The device identifies packets according to the quintuple and DSCP in QoS parameters, and mark a flow ID for identified packets. Then, the device forwards the packets according to the marked flow ID and selected link.

For more information about RIR, see Layer 3—IP Routing Configuration Guide.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior behavior1 to mark matching traffic with flow ID 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior behavior1

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1] remark flow-id 10

Related commands

traffic behavior

remark ip-precedence

Use remark ip-precedence to configure an IP precedence marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark ip-precedence to restore the default.

Syntax

remark ip-precedence ip-precedence-value

undo remark ip-precedence

Default

No IP precedence marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-precedence-value: Specifies the IP precedence value to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

If you execute the remark ip-precedence command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the IP precedence to 6 for packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark ip-precedence 6

remark local-precedence

Use remark local-precedence to configure a local precedence marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark local-precedence to restore the default.

Syntax

remark local-precedence local-precedence-value

undo remark local-precedence

Default

No local precedence marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local-precedence-value: Specifies the local precedence to be marked for packets, in the range of 0 to 7.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior database to mark matching traffic with local precedence 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark local-precedence 2

remark qos-local-id

Use remark qos-local-id to configure a local QoS ID marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark qos-local-id to restore the default.

Syntax

remark qos-local-id local-id-value

undo remark qos-local-id

Default

No local QoS ID marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

local-id-value: Specifies the local QoS ID to be marked for packets, in the range of 1 to 4095.

Usage guidelines

You can use one QoS policy to mark the local QoS ID for packets in the inbound direction. Then, you can use another QoS policy to apply other QoS features in the outbound direction based on the marked local QoS ID.

If you execute the remark qos-local-id command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the action of marking packets with local QoS ID 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] remark qos-local-id 2

remark service-class

Use remark service-class to configure an MPLS TE service class marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark service-class to restore the default.

Syntax

remark service-class service-class-value

undo remark service-class

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

No

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

No

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

No

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

No

MSR830-10HI-GL

No

MSR1004S-5G-GL

No

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

No MPLS TE service class marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

service-class-value: Specifies the MPLS TE service class to be marked for packets. The value range for this argument is 0 to 127.

Usage guidelines

This command is used only in CBTS to mark the MPLS TE service class for packets. For more information about CBTS, see MPLS TE in MPLS Configuration Guide.

You can use the mpls te service-class command to set an MPLS TE service class value for a tunnel. For more information about this command, see MPLS TE commands in MPLS Command Reference.

If the remark service-class command is configured in a QoS policy, the QoS policy can be applied only to an interface. The remark service-class command takes effect only in the inbound direction of an interface.

If you execute the remark service-class command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure the action of marking MPLS TE service class 2 for packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior data

[Sysname-behavior-data] remark service-class 2

remark tunnel-dscp

Use remark tunnel-dscp to configure an outer DSCP marking action in a traffic behavior.

Use undo remark tunnel-dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

remark tunnel-dscp dscp-value

undo remark tunnel-dscp

Default

No outer DSCP marking action is configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies the DSCP value to be set for the outer IP header of tunneled packets. The DSCP value can be a number from 0 to 63 or a keyword in Table 5.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect on the following packets:

·     GRE packets.

·     VXLAN packets.

·     IPv4 over IPv4 tunneled packets.

·     IPv6 over IPv4 tunneled packets.

·     IPv6 tunneled packets.

·     MPLS TE tunneled packets.

The outer DSCP value marking action takes effect only when the QoS policy is applied to an interface.

If you execute the remark tunnel-dscp command multiple times in the same traffic behavior, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic behavior data to mark matching packets with DSCP value 2 in the outer IP header of tunneled packets.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior data

[Sysname-behavior-data] remark tunnel-dscp 2

traffic behavior

Use traffic behavior to create a traffic behavior and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing traffic behavior.

Use undo traffic behavior to delete a traffic behavior.

Syntax

traffic behavior behavior-name

undo traffic behavior behavior-name

Default

No traffic behaviors exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

behavior-name: Specifies a name for the traffic behavior, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Examples

# Create a traffic behavior named behavior1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior behavior1

[Sysname-behavior-behavior1]

Related commands

display traffic behavior

traffic-policy

Use traffic-policy to nest a policy in a traffic behavior.

Use undo traffic-policy to remove child policies from a traffic behavior.

Syntax

traffic-policy policy-name

undo traffic-policy

Default

No policy is nested in a traffic behavior.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a policy by its name, a string of 1 to 31 characters. If the policy does not exist, it is automatically created.

Usage guidelines

After you nest a child policy in a behavior of a parent policy, the system performs the following operations:

·     Performs the associated behavior defined in the parent policy for a class of traffic.

·     Uses the child policy to further classify the class of traffic and performs the behaviors defined in the child policy.

When you nest QoS policies, follow these guidelines:

·     A parent policy can nest up to two layers of child policies. This child policy cannot be the parent policy itself.

·     You can nest only one child policy at one layer of a behavior.

·     To configure CBQ in the child policy successfully, configure GTS in the parent policy. Make sure the configured GTS bandwidth is greater than CBQ bandwidth configured in the child policy.

·     If GTS bandwidth is set in percentage in the parent policy, you must set CBQ bandwidth in percentage in the child policy. If GTS bandwidth is set as an absolute value in the parent policy, you can set CBQ bandwidth in either format in the child policy.

·     A child policy cannot contain GTS actions.

·     Policy nesting is available for IPv4 and IPv6 packets.

·     To delete the child policy after you apply the parent policy to an interface, first remove the child policy from the parent policy.

Examples

# Nest child policy child in traffic behavior database of the parent policy.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] traffic-policy child

Related commands

traffic behavior

traffic classifier

QoS policy commands

classifier behavior

Use classifier behavior to associate a traffic behavior with a traffic class in a QoS policy.

Use undo classifier to delete a class-behavior association from a QoS policy.

Syntax

classifier classifier-name behavior behavior-name [ insert-before before-classifier-name ]

undo classifier classifier-name

Default

No traffic behavior is associated with a traffic class.

Views

QoS policy view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

classifier-name: Specifies a traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

behavior-name: Specifies a traffic behavior by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

insert-before before-classifier-name: Inserts the new traffic class before an existing traffic class in the QoS policy. The before-classifier-name argument specifies an existing traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify the insert-before before-classifier-name option, the new traffic class is placed at the end of the QoS policy.

Usage guidelines

A traffic class can be associated only with one traffic behavior in a QoS policy.

If the specified traffic class or traffic behavior does not exist, the system defines a null traffic class or traffic behavior.

The undo classifier default-class command performs the following operations:

·     Deletes the existing class-behavior association for the system-defined class default-class.

·     Associates the system-defined class default-class with the system-defined behavior be.

Examples

# Associate traffic class database with traffic behavior test in QoS policy user1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier database behavior test

# Associate traffic class database with traffic behavior test in QoS policy user1, and insert traffic class database before an existing traffic class named class-a.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier database behavior test insert-before class-a

Related commands

qos policy

control-plane

Use control-plane to enter control plane view.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

control-plane

In IRF mode:

control-plane slot slot-number

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# (In standalone mode.) Enter control plane view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane

[Sysname-cp]

# (In IRF mode.) Enter the control plane view of slot 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane slot 3

[Sysname-cp-slot3]

display qos policy

Use display qos policy to display QoS policies.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos policy { system-defined | user-defined } [ policy-name [ classifier classifier-name ] ]

In IRF mode:

display qos policy { system-defined | user-defined } [ policy-name [ classifier classifier-name ] ] [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

system-defined: Specifies system-defined QoS policies.

user-defined: Specifies user-defined QoS policies.

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a QoS policy, this command displays all user-defined QoS policies.

classifier classifier-name: Specifies a traffic class by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. If you do not specify a traffic class, this command displays all traffic classes.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the QoS policies for the master device. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display all user-defined QoS policies.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-defined

 

  User-defined QoS policy information:

 

  Policy: 1 (ID 100)

   Classifier: 1 (ID 100)

     Behavior: 1

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

   Classifier: 2 (ID 101)

     Behavior: 2

      Filter enable: Permit

      Marking:

        Remark dot1p 4

   Classifier: 3 (ID 102)

     Behavior: 3

      -none-

# Display the system-defined QoS policy.

<Sysname> display qos policy system-defined

 

  System-defined QoS policy information:

 

  Policy: default (ID 0)

   Classifier: default-class (ID 0)

     Behavior: be

      -none-

   Classifier: ef (ID 1)

     Behavior: ef

      Expedited Forwarding:

        Bandwidth 20 (%) Cbs-ratio 25

   Classifier: af1 (ID 2)

     Behavior: af

      Assured Forwarding:

        Bandwidth 20 (%)

        Discard Method: Tail

   Classifier: af2 (ID 3)

     Behavior: af

      Assured Forwarding:

        Bandwidth 20 (%)

        Discard Method: Tail

   Classifier: af3 (ID 4)

     Behavior: af

      Assured Forwarding:

        Bandwidth 20 (%)

        Discard Method: Tail

   Classifier: af4 (ID 5)

     Behavior: af

      Assured Forwarding:

        Bandwidth 20 (%)

        Discard Method: Tail

Table 6 Command output

Field

Description

User-defined QoS policy information

Information about a user-defined QoS policy.

System-defined QoS policy information

Information about a system-defined QoS policy.

Policy

User-defined QoS policy name or system-defined QoS policy name.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

display qos policy advpn

Use display qos policy advpn to display QoS policies applied to hub-spoke tunnels on a tunnel interface.

Syntax

display qos policy advpn tunnel number [ ipv4-address | ipv6-address ] [ outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

number: Specifies a tunnel interface by its number. The value range for this argument is 0 to 10239.

ipv4-address: Specifies the spoke's private IPv4 address of a hub-spoke tunnel.

ipv6-address: Specifies the spoke's private IPv6 address of a hub-spoke tunnel.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to the outbound direction.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a spoke's private IP address of a hub-spoke tunnel, this command displays the QoS policy information for all hub-spoke tunnels on a tunnel interface. For information about hub-spoke tunnels, see ADVPN in Layer 3—IP Services Configuration Guide.

For configuration commands for tunnel interfaces, see tunnel commands in Layer 3—IP Services Command Reference.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to the outgoing traffic of all hub-spoke tunnels on tunnel interface 1.

<Sysname> display qos policy advpn tunnel 1 outbound

Session: Tunnel1 192.168.0.3

  Direction: Outbound

  Policy: finance

   Classifier: default-class

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: be

      -none-

   Classifier: finance

     Matched : 123713988 (Packets) 13608538380 (Bytes)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: finance

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 1500 (kbps), CBS 93750 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 14980239 (Packets) 1647826290 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 108733781 (Packets) 11960715910 (Bytes)

 

Session: Tunnel1 192.168.0.4 (inactive)

  Direction: Outbound

  Policy: business

Table 7 Command output

Field

Description

Session

Hub-spoke tunnel information.

A hub-spoke tunnel is uniquely identified by a tunnel interface and the spoke's private IPv4 or IPv6 address. The word inactive indicates that a QoS policy fails to be applied to the hub-spoke tunnel or the applied QoS policy does not exist.

Direction

Direction to which a QoS policy is applied on the hub-spoke tunnel.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

display qos policy control-plane

Use display qos policy control-plane to display QoS policies applied to a control plane.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos policy control-plane

In IRF mode:

display qos policy control-plane slot slot-number

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# (In standalone mode.) Display the QoS policy applied to the control plane.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane

 

Control plane

 

  Direction: Inbound

 

  Policy: 1

   Classifier: 1

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match acl 2000

     Behavior: 1

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

   Classifier: 2

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match protocol ipv6

     Behavior: 2

      Filter enable: Permit

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

   Classifier: 3

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      -none-

     Behavior: 3

      -none-

# (In IRF mode.) Display the QoS policy applied to the control plane of slot 1.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane slot 1

 

Control plane slot 1

 

  Direction: Inbound

 

  Policy: 1

   Classifier: 1

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match acl 2000

     Behavior: 1

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

   Classifier: 2

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match protocol ipv6

     Behavior: 2

      Filter enable: Permit

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

   Classifier: 3

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      -none-

     Behavior: 3

      -none-

Table 8 Command output

Field

Description

Direction

Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

Green packets

Statistics about green packets.

Yellow packets

Statistics about yellow packets.

Red packets

Statistics about red packets.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

display qos policy control-plane pre-defined

Use display qos policy control-plane pre-defined to display predefined control plane QoS policies.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos policy control-plane pre-defined

In IRF mode:

display qos policy control-plane pre-defined [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays predefined control plane QoS policies for all member devices. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# (In standalone mode.) Display the predefined control plane QoS policy.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane pre-defined

Pre-defined policy information

  Protocol          Priority   Bandwidth (kbps)   Group

  Default           N/A        100000             N/A

  ARP               N/A        100000             normal

  BGP               N/A        100000             critical

  BGPv6             N/A        100000             critical

  DHCP              N/A        100000             critical

  DHCPv6            N/A        100000             critical

  HTTP              N/A        100000             management

  HTTPS             N/A        100000             management

  ICMP              N/A        100000             monitor

  ICMPv6            N/A        100000             monitor

  IGMP              N/A        100000             important

  IS-IS             N/A        100000             critical

  LDP               N/A        100000             critical

  LDPv6             N/A        100000             critical

  MSDP              N/A        100000             critical

  NTP               N/A        100000             important

  OSPF Multicast    N/A        100000             critical

  OSPF Unicast      N/A        100000             critical

  OSPFv3 Multicast  N/A        100000             critical

  OSPFv3 Unicast    N/A        100000             critical

  PIM Multicast     N/A        100000             critical

  PIM Unicast       N/A        100000             critical

  PIMv6 Multicast   N/A        100000             critical

  PIMv6 Unicast     N/A        100000             critical

  RADIUS            N/A        100000             management

  RIP               N/A        100000             critical

  RIPng             N/A        100000             critical

  RSVP              N/A        100000             critical

  SNMP              N/A        100000             management

  TACACS            N/A        100000             management

  VRRP              N/A        100000             important

  VRRPv6            N/A        100000             important

  SSH               N/A        100000             management

  TELNET            N/A        100000             management

  FTP               N/A        100000             management

  TFTP              N/A        100000             management

# (In IRF mode.) Display the predefined control plane QoS policy of slot 1.

<Sysname> display qos policy control-plane pre-defined slot 1

Pre-defined policy information slot 1

  Protocol          Priority   Bandwidth (kbps)   Group

  Default           N/A        100000             N/A

  ARP               N/A        100000             normal

  BGP               N/A        100000             critical

  BGPv6             N/A        100000             critical

  DHCP              N/A        100000             critical

  DHCPv6            N/A        100000             critical

  HTTP              N/A        100000             management

  HTTPS             N/A        100000             management

  ICMP              N/A        100000             monitor

  ICMPv6            N/A        100000             monitor

  IGMP              N/A        100000             important

  IS-IS             N/A        100000             critical

  LDP               N/A        100000             critical

  LDPv6             N/A        100000             critical

  MSDP              N/A        100000             critical

  NTP               N/A        100000             important

  OSPF Multicast    N/A        100000             critical

  OSPF Unicast      N/A        100000             critical

  OSPFv3 Multicast  N/A        100000             critical

  OSPFv3 Unicast    N/A        100000             critical

  PIM Multicast     N/A        100000             critical

  PIM Unicast       N/A        100000             critical

  PIMv6 Multicast   N/A        100000             critical

  PIMv6 Unicast     N/A        100000             critical

  RADIUS            N/A        100000             management

  RIP               N/A        100000             critical

  RIPng             N/A        100000             critical

  RSVP              N/A        100000             critical

  SNMP              N/A        100000             management

  TACACS            N/A        100000             management

  VRRP              N/A        100000             important

  VRRPv6            N/A        100000             important

  SSH               N/A        100000             management

  TELNET            N/A        100000             management

  FTP               N/A        100000             management

  TFTP              N/A        100000             management

Table 9 Command output

Field

Description

Pre-defined control plane policy

Contents of the predefined control plane QoS policy.

Group

Protocol group of the protocol.

 

For descriptions of other fields, see Table 3.

display qos policy global

Use display qos policy global to display QoS policies applied globally.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos policy global [ inbound | outbound ]

In IRF mode:

display qos policy global [ slot slot-number ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

inbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied in the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied in the outbound direction.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays global QoS policies for the master device. (In IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays both inbound and outbound global QoS policies.

Examples

# Display QoS policies applied globally.

<Sysname> display qos policy global

  Direction: Inbound

  Policy: 1

   Classifier: 1

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match acl 2000

     Behavior: 1

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

   Classifier: 3

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      -none-

     Behavior: 3

      -none-

Table 10 Command output

Field

Description

Direction

Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

Green packets

Statistics about green packets.

Yellow packets

Statistics about yellow packets.

Red packets

Statistics about red packets.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

display qos policy interface

Use display qos policy interface to display the QoS policies applied to interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos policy interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ inbound | outbound ]

In IRF mode:

display qos policy interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ slot slot-number ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays QoS policies applied to all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify an IRF member device, this command displays QoS policies on the master device. Only logical interfaces support this option. (In IRF mode.)

inbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays the QoS policy applied to incoming traffic and the QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic.

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the QoS policies applied to each VA interface of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos policy interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 inbound

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

  Direction: Inbound

  Policy: 1, Preorder 1

   Classifier: 1

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     5-minute statistics:

      Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

      Dropped  : 0/0 (pps/bps)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match acl 2000

     Behavior: 1

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

# Display the QoS policies applied to all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos policy interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet5/0/1

  Direction: Inbound

  Policy: a

   Classifier: default-class

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     5-minute statistics:

      Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

      Dropped  : 0/0 (pps/bps)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: be

      -none-

   Classifier: a

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: a

      Mirroring:

        Mirror to the interface: GigabitEthernet5/0/10

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets)

Interface: GigabitEthernet5/0/17

  Direction: Inbound

  Policy: b

   Classifier: default-class

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     5-minute statistics:

      Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

      Dropped  : 0/0 (pps/bps)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: be

      -none-

   Classifier: b

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: b

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 200 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0(Packets)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets)

Interface: GigabitEthernet5/0/17

  Direction: Inbound

  Policy: a

   Classifier: default-class

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     5-minute statistics:

      Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

      Dropped  : 0/0 (pps/bps)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: be

      -none-

   Classifier: a

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: a

      Mirroring:

        Mirror to the interface: GigabitEthernet5/0/10

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets)

Table 11 Command output

Field

Description

Direction

Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

Policy

User-defined QoS policy name or system-defined QoS policy name.

Preorder

The order a QoS policy is executed.

Matched

Number of matching packets.

Forwarded

Average rate of successfully forwarded matching packets in a statistics collection period.

Dropped

Average rate of dropped matching packets in a statistics collection period.

Green packets

Traffic statistics for green packets.

Yellow packets

Traffic statistics for yellow packets.

Red packets

Traffic statistics for red packets.

Redirect to SRv6-TE policy

Redirect traffic to an SRv6 TE policy:

·     Forwarding ID—Forwarding entry index of the SRv6 TE policy.

·     SID—SRv6 SID of the egress node.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1, Table 4, and Table 6.

display qos policy l2vpn-pw

Use display qos policy l2vpn-pw to display the QoS policies applied to PWs.

Syntax

display qos policy l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] [ outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the QoS policies applied to all PWs.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic. The command execution results are the same, regardless of whether this keyword is specified.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to the outgoing traffic of PW 1 with peer PE IP address 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> display qos policy l2vpn-pw peer 1.1.1.1 pw-id 1 outbound

 

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

 

  Direction: Outbound

 

  Policy: 1

   Classifier: 1

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     5-minute statistics:

      Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

      Dropped  : 0/0 (pps/bps)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match acl 2000

     Behavior: 1

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

   Classifier: 3

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     5-minute statistics:

      Forwarded: 0/0 (pps/bps)

      Dropped  : 0/0 (pps/bps)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      -none-

     Behavior: 3

      -none-

Table 12 Command output

Field

Description

L2VPN-PW

A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.

Direction

Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

Matched

Number of matching packets.

5-minute statistics

Traffic statistics in the last 5 minutes.

Forwarded

Average rate of successfully forwarded matching packets during a statistics collection period.

Dropped

Average rate of dropped matching packets during a statistics collection period.

Green packets

Traffic statistics for green packets.

Yellow packets

Traffic statistics for yellow packets.

Red packets

Traffic statistics for red packets.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

display qos policy sdwan

Use display qos policy sdwan to display QoS policies applied to SDWAN tunnels.

Syntax

display qos policy sdwan tunnel number [ site-id site-id device-id device-id interface-id interface-id ] outbound

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

number: Specifies a tunnel interface by its number in the range of 0 to 10239.

site-id site-id: Specifies a site ID in the range of 1 to 65535. For more information about site ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

device-id device-id: Specifies a device ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about device ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

interface-id interface-id: Specifies an interface ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about interface ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

outbound: Displays the QoS policies applied to the outbound direction.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the TTE information in SDWAN, including site ID, device ID, and interface ID, this command displays QoS policies applied to all SDWAN tunnels. For more information about SDWAN tunnels, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

For more information about tunnel interface commands, see tunneling commands in Layer 3—IP Services Command Reference.

Examples

# Display QoS policies applied to the outbound direction of SDWAN tunnel interface 1.

<Sysname> display qos policy sdwan tunnel 1 outbound

Session: Tunnel1 SiteID1/DevID1/IfID1

  Direction: Outbound

  Policy: finance

   Classifier: default-class

     Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: be

      -none-

   Classifier: finance

     Matched : 123713988 (Packets) 13608538380 (Bytes)

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match any

     Behavior: finance

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 1500 (kbps), CBS 93750 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 14980239 (Packets) 1647826290 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 108733781 (Packets) 11960715910 (Bytes)

Table 13 Command output

Field

Description

Session

SDWAN tunnel information. An SDWAN tunnel is uniquely identified by a tunnel interface and an SDWAN-TTE address. An SDWAN-TTE address includes the following parts:

·     SiteID—SDWAN site ID.

·     DevID—SDWAN device ID.

·     IfID—SDWAN interface ID.

Direction

The direction to which the QoS policy is applied.

Matched

Number of matching packets.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

display qos policy srv6-policy

Use display qos policy srv6-policy to display QoS policies bound to SRv6 TE policies.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos policy srv6-policy [ end-point ipv6 ipv6-address color color-value ] outbound

In IRF mode:

display qos policy srv6-policy [ end-point ipv6 ipv6-address color color-value ] [ slot slot-number ] outbound

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

No

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

end-point ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an SRv6 TE policy by its end-point IPv6 address.

color color-value: Specifies an SRv6 TE policy by its color attribute value in the range of 0 to 4294967295.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays QoS policies bound to SRv6 TE policies for all member device. (In IRF mode.)

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the end-point ipv6 or color keyword when executing this command, the command displays QoS policies bound to all SRv6 TE policies.

Examples

# Displays QoS policies bound to all SRv6 TE policies.

<Sysname> display qos policy srv6-policy outbound

  Direction: Outbound

  Policy: 1

   Classifier: 1

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match acl 2000

     Behavior: 1

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

      Committed Access Rate:

        CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 512 (Bytes)

        Green action  : pass

        Yellow action : pass

        Red action    : discard

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

   Classifier: 2

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      If-match protocol ipv6

     Behavior: 2

      Filter enable: Permit

      Marking:

        Remark dscp 3

   Classifier: 3

     Operator: AND

     Rule(s) :

      -none-

     Behavior: 3

      -none-

Table 14 Command output

Field

Description

Direction

Direction in which the QoS policy is applied. In the current software version, only the outbound direction is supported.

Preorder

The order a QoS policy is executed.

Green packets

Green packet statistics.

Yellow packets

Yellow packet statistics.

Red packets

Red packet statistics.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

display qos policy user-profile

Use display qos policy user-profile to display QoS policies applied to user profiles.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos policy user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ inbound | outbound ]

In IRF mode:

display qos policy user-profile [ name profile-name ] [ user-id user-id ] [ slot slot-number ] [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

name profile-name: Specifies a user profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Valid characters include English letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The name must start with an English letter and must be unique. If you do not specify a user profile, this command displays QoS policies applied to all user profiles.

user-id user-id: Specifies an online user by a system-assigned, hexadecimal ID in the range of 0 to fffffffe. If you do not specify an online user, this command displays QoS policies applied to user profiles for all online users.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays QoS policies applied to user profiles for all member devices. (In IRF mode.)

inbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to incoming traffic.

outbound: Specifies QoS policies applied to outgoing traffic.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays QoS policies applied in the inbound direction and QoS policies applied in the outbound direction.

Examples

# Display the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for a global user.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc user-id 30000000 inbound

User-Profile: abc

  User ID: 0x30000000(global)

    Direction: Inbound

    Policy: p1

     Classifier: default-class

       Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

       Operator: AND

       Rule(s) :

        If-match any

       Behavior: be

        -none-

# Display the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for a local user.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc user-id 30000001 inbound

User-Profile: abc

  slot 2:

    User ID: 0x30000001(local)

      Direction: Inbound

      Policy: p1

       Classifier: default-class

         Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

         Operator: AND

         Rule(s) :

          If-match any

         Behavior: be

          -none-

# Display the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for all users.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc inbound

User-Profile: abc

  User ID: 0x30000000(global)

    Direction: Inbound

    Policy: p1

     Classifier: default-class

       Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

       Operator: AND

       Rule(s) :

        If-match any

       Behavior: be

        -none-

 

  slot 2:

    User ID: 0x30000001(local)

      Direction: Inbound

      Policy: p1

       Classifier: default-class

         Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

         Operator: AND

         Rule(s) :

          If-match any

         Behavior: be

          -none-

 

  slot 3:

    User ID: 0x30000002(local)

      Direction: Inbound

      Policy: p1

       Classifier: default-class

         Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

         Operator: AND

         Rule(s) :

          If-match any

         Behavior: be

          -none-

# Display the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for all users on the card in slot 2.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc slot 2

User-Profile: abc

User ID: 0x30000000(global)

    Direction: Inbound

    Policy: p1

     Classifier: default-class

       Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

       Operator: AND

       Rule(s) :

        If-match any

       Behavior: be

        -none-

 

  User ID: 0x30000001(local)

    Direction: Inbound

    Policy: p1

     Classifier: default-class

       Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

       Operator: AND

       Rule(s) :

        If-match any

       Behavior: be

        -none-

# Display the QoS policy applied to user profile abc for a user on all cards.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile name abc user-id 30000001

User-Profile: abc

  slot 2:

    User ID: 0x30000001(local)

      Direction: Inbound

      Policy: p1

       Classifier: default-class

         Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

         Operator: AND

         Rule(s) :

          If-match any

         Behavior: be

          -none-

 

  slot 3:

    User ID: 0x30000001(local)

      Direction: Inbound

      Policy: p1

       Classifier: default-class

         Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

         Operator: AND

         Rule(s) :

          If-match any

         Behavior: be

          -none-

# Display the QoS policies applied to all user profiles.

<Sysname> display qos policy user-profile

User-Profile: abc

  slot 3:

    User ID: 0x30000000(local)

      Direction: Inbound

      Policy: p1

       Classifier: default-class

         Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

         Operator: AND

         Rule(s) :

          If-match any

         Behavior: be

          -none-

 

User-Profile: a12

  slot 4:

    User ID: 0x30000001(local)

      Direction: Inbound

      Policy: p1

       Classifier: default-class

         Matched : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

         Operator: AND

         Rule(s) :

          If-match any

         Behavior: be

          -none-

       Classifier: a

        Operator: AND

        Rule(s) :

         If-match any

        Behavior: a

         Mirroring:

          Mirror to the interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

         Committed Access Rate:

           CIR 112 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

           Green action  : pass

           Yellow action : pass

           Red action    : discard

           Green packets : 0 (Packets)

           Red packets   : 0 (Packets)

Table 15 Command output

Field

Description

global

Indicates a global user, who comes online from a global interface such as an aggregate interface.

local

Indicates a local user, who comes online from a physical interface.

EBS

EBS in bytes.

Matched

Number of packets that meet match criteria.

Direction

Direction in which the QoS policy is applied.

Green packets

Statistics about green packets.

Yellow packets

Statistics about yellow packets.

Red packets

Statistics about red packets.

 

For the description of other fields, see Table 1 and Table 4.

qos apply policy (interface view, PVC view, control plane view, PW view)

Use qos apply policy to apply a QoS policy to an interface, PVC, control plane, or PW.

Use undo qos apply policy to remove an applied QoS policy.

Syntax

qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound } [ preorder preorder-value ]

undo qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound }

Default

No QoS policy is applied.

Views

Control plane view

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

inbound: Applies the QoS policy to incoming traffic. This keyword is not supported in PW view.

outbound: Applies the QoS policy to outgoing traffic. This keyword is not supported in control plane view.

preorder preorder-value: Specifies the order in which QoS policies applied to the same direction of an interface are executed. The value for the preorder-value argument can only be 1. A QoS policy configured with this option is executed before a QoS policy that is not configured with this option. For multiple same-type QoS policies with the same action type applied to the same direction of an interface, the QoS policy configured with this option is executed in precedence.‌

Usage guidelines

When you apply a QoS policy to an interface, PVC, or PW, follow these rules:

·     The bandwidth assigned to AF and EF queues in the QoS policy must be smaller than the available bandwidth of the interface, PVC, or PW. Otherwise, the QoS policy cannot be successfully applied to the interface or PVC.

·     If you modify the available bandwidth of the interface, PVC, or PW to be smaller than the bandwidth for AF and EF queues, the applied QoS policy is removed.

·     An inbound QoS policy cannot contain a GTS action or any of these queuing actions: queue ef, queue af, or queue wfq.

If the action is redirecting traffic to a Blade interface or Blade aggregate interface, the QoS policy must be applied in enhanced mode.

A QoS policy configured with CBQ is not supported in control plane view or control-plane management view.

The preorder preorder-value option is supported only in interface view.

You can use the following commands to match protocol packets sent to the CPU for a QoS policy applied to a control plane:

·     if-match control-plane protocol

·     if-match control-plane protocol-group

·     if-match acl

When you use the if-match acl command to match protocol packets sent to the CPU, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

¡     The used ACL must be an advanced ACL.

¡     You must specify TCP or UDP for the protocol argument in the rule.

¡     You must specify a source port or destination port by using the eq operator in the rule.

For example, an IPv4 advanced ACL that contains a rule permit tcp source-port eq 80 statement can match TCP packets sent to the CPU

For more information about PVCs, see ATM configuration in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

 

Examples

# Apply QoS policy USER1 to the incoming traffic of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos apply policy USER1 inbound

# Apply QoS policy aaa to the incoming traffic of the control plane of slot 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] control-plane slot 3

[Sysname-cp-slot3] qos apply policy aaa inbound

# Apply a QoS policy to the outgoing traffic of PW 1 with peer PE IP address 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] xconnect-group a

[Sysname-xcg-a] connection a

[Sysname-xcg-a-a] peer 1.1.1.1 pw-id 1

[Sysname-xcg-a-a-1.1.1.1-1] qos apply policy 1 outbound

qos apply policy (user profile view)

Use qos apply policy to apply a QoS policy to a user profile.

Use undo qos apply policy to remove a QoS policy applied to a user profile.

Syntax

qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound }

undo qos apply policy policy-name { inbound | outbound }

 

Default

No QoS policy is applied to a user profile.

Views

User profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

inbound: Applies the QoS policy to the incoming traffic of the device (traffic sent by online users).

outbound: Applies the QoS policy to the outgoing traffic of the device (traffic received by online users).

Usage guidelines

Deleting a user profile also removes the QoS policies applied to the user profile.

 

Examples

# Apply QoS policy test to incoming traffic of user profile user.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile user

[Sysname-user-profile-user] qos apply policy test outbound

qos apply policy global

Use qos apply policy global to apply a QoS policy globally.

Use undo qos apply policy global to remove a globally applied QoS policy.

Syntax

qos apply policy policy-name global { inbound | outbound }

undo qos apply policy policy-name global { inbound | outbound }

 

Default

No QoS policy is applied globally.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

inbound: Applies the QoS policy to the incoming packets on all interfaces.

outbound: Applies the QoS policy to the outgoing packets on all interfaces.

Usage guidelines

A global QoS policy takes effect only on Layer 3 interfaces.

Examples

# Globally apply QoS policy user1 to the incoming traffic.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos apply policy user1 global inbound

qos apply policy srv6-policy

Use qos apply policy srv6-policy to apply a QoS policy to an SRv6 TE policy.

Use undo qos apply policy srv6-policy to restore the default.

Syntax

qos apply policy policy-name srv6-policy end-point ipv6 ipv6-address color color-value

undo qos apply policy policy-name srv6-policy end-point ipv6 ipv6-address color color-value

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

No

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

No QoS policy is applied to an SRv6 TE policy.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a QoS policy by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

end-point ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an SRv6 TE policy by its end-point IPv6 address.

color color-value: Specifies an SRv6 TE policy by its color attribute value in the range of 0 to 4294967295.

Usage guidelines

In an L3VPN over SRv6 TE policy, you need to classify packets by VPN on the ingress of an SRv6 TE policy and then take QoS actions on matching packets, for example, traffic shaping. You can also perform QoS scheduling based on the 5-tuple of original packets of the same VPN. Applying a QoS policy to the output interface on the ingress of an SRv6 TE policy can only match the outer header information of SRv6-encapsulated packets instead of the original packet header information. This command can solve the problem.

After you execute this command, the device applies the specified QoS policy to all original packets steered to an SRv6 TE policy and perform SRv6 encapsulation and forwarding on the original packets according to the SRv6 TE policy. For more information SRv6 TE policy, see Segment Routing Configuration Guide.

This command takes effect only on the ingress of an SRv6 TE policy.

Only one QoS policy can be applied to an SRv6 TE policy. To apply a new QoS policy to an SRv6 TE policy that has one QoS policy applied, first execute the undo qos apply policy srv6-policy command.

Examples

# Bind SRv6 TE policy with end-point IPv6 address 1000:1 and color attribute 10 to QoS policy aaa.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos apply policy aaa srv6-policy end-point ipv6 1000:1 color 10

qos apply user-profile downstream

Use qos apply user-profile downstream to configure the user profile to be applied to the outbound direction of the peer tunnel.

Use undo qos apply user-profile downstream to restore the default.

Syntax

qos apply user-profile profile-name downstream

undo qos apply user-profile profile-name downstream

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

The user profile to be applied to the outbound direction of the peer tunnel is not configured.

Views

Tunnel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

profile-name: Specifies a user profile by its name, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. Valid characters include English letters, digits, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). The name must start with an English letter or digit and must be globally unique. The name cannot contain only digits.

Usage guidelines

Application scenario

This command is applicable to only SDWAN tunnels.

In the SDWAN scenario, a large number of spoke devices exist in a hub-spoke network. To configure a QoS policy for each hub-spoke SDWAN tunnel, you need to manually configure and apply a QoS policy on the hub device in the central site each time a spoke device is added for a branch site. If the QoS policies for the SDWAN tunnels from the central site to the branch sites are the same except for the rate limiting settings, you can simplify QoS policy configuration on the hub device by executing this command on the spoke devices.

For more information about this feature, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

Mechanism

After you execute this command on a spoke device, the BGP IPv4 Tnl-encap-ext routes advertised by the spoke device to the peer hub device will carry the specified user profile name during data channel establishment. The specified user profile will be advertised by BGP to the peer hub device along with the TTE information. The peer hub device will apply the local user profile that has the same name as the advertised user profile to the outbound direction of the hub-spoke SDWAN tunnel. If the user profile is not configured on the peer hub device or the user profile does not contain any configuration, the SDWAN tunnel will not be affected.

Restrictions and guidelines

Before executing this command, create the specified user profile on the hub device, and configure QoS policy, traffic policing, traffic shaping, traffic rate limiting, or priority queue settings for the user profile as needed.

If the user profile applied to the outbound direction of the hub-spoke SDWAN tunnel contains QoS configuration and the QoS configuration is configured to take effect in the inbound direction, the QoS configuration will not take effect. For example, the qos car inbound command configured in user profile view does not take effect on the hub-spoke SDWAN tunnel.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# On the spoke device, configure the name to u1 for the user profile to be applied to the outbound direction of the peer tunnel.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface Tunnel 2 mode sdwan udp

[Sysname-Tunnel2] qos apply user-profile u1 downstream

qos policy

Use qos policy to create a QoS policy and enter its view, or enter the view of an existing QoS policy.

Use undo qos policy to delete a QoS policy.

Syntax

qos policy policy-name

undo qos policy policy-name

Default

No QoS policies exist.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

policy-name: Specifies a name for the QoS policy, a case-sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage guidelines

To delete a QoS policy that has been applied to an object, you must first remove the QoS policy from the object.

Examples

# Create a QoS policy named user1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1]

Related commands

classifier behavior

qos apply policy

reset qos policy advpn

Use reset qos policy advpn to clear the statistics for QoS policies applied to hub-spoke tunnels on a tunnel interface.

Syntax

reset qos policy advpn tunnel number [ ipv4-address | ipv6-address ] [ outbound ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies a tunnel interface by its number. The value range for this argument is 0 to 10239.

ipv4-address: Specifies the spoke's private IPv4 address of a hub-spoke tunnel.

ipv6-address: Specifies the spoke's private IPv6 address of a hub-spoke tunnel.

outbound: Specifies the QoS policies applied to the outbound direction. If you do not specify this keyword, the command clears for both the QoS policies applied to the inbound direction and the QoS policies applied to the outbound direction.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a spoke's private IP address of a hub-spoke tunnel, this command clears the QoS policy statistics for all hub-spoke tunnels on a tunnel interface. For information about hub-spoke tunnels, see ADVPN in Layer 3—IP Services Configuration Guide.

For configuration commands for tunnel interfaces, see tunnel commands in Layer 3—IP Services Command Reference.

The device only supports clearing the statistics for QoS policies applied to the outbound direction of tunnel interfaces.

Examples

# Clear the statistics for the QoS policy applied to the outgoing traffic of the hub-spoke tunnel with spoke's IPv4 address 192.168.0.3 on tunnel interface 1.

<Sysname> reset qos policy advpn tunnel 1 192.168.0.3 outbound

reset qos policy control-plane

Use reset qos policy control-plane to clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied to a control plane.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

reset qos policy control-plane

In IRF mode:

reset qos policy control-plane slot slot-number

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# (In standalone mode.) Clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied to the control plane.

<Sysname> reset qos policy control-plane

# (In IRF mode.) Clear the statistics of the QoS policy applied to the control plane of slot 1.

<Sysname> reset qos policy control-plane slot 1

reset qos policy global

Use reset qos policy global to clear the statistics of a global QoS policy.

Syntax

reset qos policy global [ inbound | outbound ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

inbound: Clears the statistics of the global QoS policy applied to incoming traffic globally.

outbound: Clears the statistics of the global QoS policy applied to outgoing traffic globally.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command clears the statistics of the global QoS policies in both directions.

Examples

# Clear the statistics of the global QoS policy applied to the incoming traffic globally.

<Sysname> reset qos policy global inbound

reset qos policy srv6-policy

Use reset qos policy srv6-policy to clear the statistics information about the traffic matching the QoS policy bound to an SRv6 TE policy.

Syntax

reset qos policy srv6-policy end-point ipv6 ipv6-address color color-value

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

end-point ipv6 ipv6-address: Specifies an SRv6 TE policy by its end-point IPv6 address.

color color-value: Specifies an SRv6 TE policy by its color attribute value in the range of 0 to 4294967295.

Usage guidelines

After you bind an SRv6 TE policy to a QoS policy, the device will automatically collect statistics on the traffic that matches the rules in the QoS policy. To clear the statistics information, execute this command.

Examples

# Clear the statistics information about the traffic matching the QoS policy bound to an SRv6 TE policy.

<Sysname> reset qos policy srv6-policy end-point ipv6 1000:1 color 10

reset qos policy sdwan

Use reset qos policy sdwan to clear the statistics information about the QoS policies applied to an SDWAN tunnel.

Syntax

reset qos policy sdwan tunnel number [ site-id site-id device-id device-id interface-id interface-id ] outbound

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

number: Specifies a tunnel interface by its number in the range of 0 to 10239.

site-id site-id: Specifies a site ID in the range of 1 to 65535. For more information about site ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

device-id device-id: Specifies a device ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about device ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

interface-id interface-id: Specifies an interface ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about interface ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

outbound: Clears the statistics information about the QoS policies applied to the outbound direction.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify the site-id, device-id, or interface-id keyword when executing this command, the command clears statistics information about the QoS policies applied to all SDWAN tunnels.

For more information about tunnel interface commands, see tunneling commands in Layer 3—IP Services Command Reference.

In the current software version, the command can clear statistics information about only QoS policies applied to the outbound direction.

Examples

# Clear the statistics information about the QoS policies applied to the specified SDWAN tunnel.

<Sysname> reset qos policy

sdwan tunnel 1 site-id 1 device-id 1 interface-id 1 outbound

QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period commands

qos flow-interval

Use qos flow-interval to set the QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period for an interface.

Use undo qos flow-interval to restore the default.

Syntax

qos flow-interval interval

undo qos flow-interval

Default

The QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period is 5 minutes on an interface.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Sets the QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period in minutes. The value range for this argument is 1 to 10.

Usage guidelines

You can enable collection of per-class traffic statistics over a period of time, including the average forwarding rate and drop rate. For example, if you set the statistics collection period to 10 minutes, the system performs the following operations:

·     Collects traffic statistics for the most recent 10 minutes.

·     Refreshes the statistics every 10/5 minutes, 2 minutes.

The traffic rate statistics collection period of a subinterface is the same as the period configured on the main interface.

Examples

# Set the QoS policy-based traffic rate statistics collection period to 10 minutes on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos flow-interval 10

Related commands

display qos policy interface


Interface channelization commands

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for interface channelization:

 

Hardware

Interface channelization compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-10-X1, MSR2600-15-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

Yes

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR 3610, MSR 3620, MSR 3620-DP, MSR 3640, MSR 3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Interface channelization compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet, MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Interface channelization compatibility

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Interface channelization compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

Yes

 

display mode channel-bandwidth interface

Use display mode channel-bandwidth interface to display interface channelization configuration.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display mode channel-bandwidth interface [ interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } ]

In IRF mode:

display mode channel-bandwidth interface [ interface-type { interface-number | interface-number.subnumber } ] [ slot slot-number  ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type: Specifies an interface type. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the interface channelization configuration for all subinterfaces.

interface-number: Specifies an interface number.

interface-number.subnumber: Specifies a subinterface number.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the interface channelization configuration for all member devices. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display the interface channelization configuration for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.1.

<Sysname> display mode channel-bandwidth interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1.1

Subinterface : GE1/0/1.1                Channelized bandwidth : 100 kbps

  Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

# Display the interface channelization configuration for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display mode channel-bandwidth interface

  Interface : GE1/0/1                      Total bandwidth       : 1000000 kbps

    Total channelized bandwidth : 600 kbps

    Subinterface : GE1/0/1.1               Channelized bandwidth : 100 kbps

      Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

    Subinterface : GE1/0/1.2               Channelized bandwidth : 200 kbps

      Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

    Subinterface : GE1/0/1.3               Channelized bandwidth : 300 kbps

      Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

 

  Interface : GE1/0/2                      Total bandwidth       : 1000000 kbps

    Total channelized bandwidth : 600 kbps

    Subinterface : GE1/0/2.1               Channelized bandwidth : 100 kbps

      Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

    Subinterface : GE1/0/2.2               Channelized bandwidth : 200 kbps

      Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

    Subinterface : GE1/0/2.3               Channelized bandwidth : 300 kbps

      Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

      Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

Table 16 Command output

Field

Description

Channelized bandwidth

Channelized bandwidth of the subinterface.

Slot

Number of the slot where the aggregate interface resides.

Interface

Main interface.

Total bandwidth

Total bandwidth of the main interface p.

Total channelized bandwidth

Total channelized bandwidth of all subinterfaces configured.

Passed

Number and bytes of packets that have been forwarded.

Discarded

Number and bytes of dropped packets.

Delayed

Number and bytes of delayed packets.

Related commands

mode channel-bandwidth

mode channel-bandwidth

Use mode channel-bandwidth to set the channelized bandwidth for a subinterface.

Use undo mode channel-bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

mode channel-bandwidth bandwidth-value

undo mode channel-bandwidth

Default

The channelized bandwidth is not set for a subinterface.

Views

Subinterface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies the channelized bandwidth in kbps. The value range for this argument is 30 to 9500000.

Usage guidelines

By default, all subinterfaces of a main interface share and contend for the bandwidth of the main interface. Subinterfaces that carry key services cannot be guaranteed enough bandwidth. This feature allows subinterfaces of a physical interface or aggregate interface to exclusively use the specified amount of bandwidth.

Before configuring the channelized bandwidth for a Layer 3 aggregate subinterface, you must execute the bandwidth command on the aggregate interface.

The total channelized bandwidth of subinterfaces cannot exceed the actual bandwidth of the main interface plus 1 Mbps. The channelized bandwidth takes effect only in the outbound direction.

Examples

# Set the channelized bandwidth to 100 kbps for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1.1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1.1] mode channel-bandwidth 100

Related commands

bandwidth (Layer 2—LAN Switching Command Reference)

display mode channel-bandwidth interface


Priority mapping commands

Priority map commands

The following matrix shows the hardware compatible with priority map:

 

Hardware

Remarks

·     Fixed Layer 2 Ethernet ports on the following routers:

¡     MSR610

¡     MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-LM-GL, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-W-LM-GL, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

¡     MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

¡     MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

¡     MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

¡     MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

¡     MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

¡     MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-6-X1-GL, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

¡     MSR2600-10-X1

¡     MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51, MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-28-SI-GL, MSR3600-51-SI

¡     MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

¡     MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

¡     MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

¡     MSR830-4LM-WiNet

¡     MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-GL, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet, MSR830-10EI-GL

¡     MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-6HI-GL, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10HI-GL

¡     MSR83-6HI-GL

¡     MSR2600-6-WiNet

¡     MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

¡     MSR3600-28-WiNet

¡     MSR2630-XS, MSR3600-28-XS, MSR3610-I-XS, MSR3610-IE-XS

·     Layer 2 interface modules installed on routers.

For information about the support of the routers for Layer 2 interface modules, see H3C MSR Router Series Comware 7 Interface Module Guide.

 

display qos map-table

Use display qos map-table to display the configuration of priority maps.

Syntax

display qos map-table [ dot11e-lp | dot1p-lp | dscp-lp | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dscp ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

The device provides the following types of priority map.

Table 17 Priority maps

Priority mapping

Description

dot11e-lp

802.11e-local priority map.

dot1p-lp

802.1p-local priority map.

dscp-lp

DSCP-local priority map.

lp-dot11e

Local-802.11e priority map.

lp-dot1p

Local-802.1p priority map.

lp-dscp

Local-DSCP priority map.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a priority map, this command displays the configuration of all priority maps, including colored and uncolored priority maps.

Examples

# Display the configuration of the 802.1p-local priority map.

<Sysname> display qos map-table dot1p-lp

MAP-TABLE NAME: dot1p-lp   TYPE: pre-define   DIRECTION: inbound

IMPORT  :  EXPORT

   0    :    2

   1    :    0

   2    :    1

   3    :    3

   4    :    4

   5    :    5

   6    :    6

   7    :    7

MAP-TABLE NAME: dot1p-lp   TYPE: pre-define   DIRECTION: outbound

IMPORT  :  EXPORT

   0    :    2

   1    :    0

   2    :    1

   3    :    3

   4    :    4

   5    :    5

   6    :    6

   7    :    7

Table 18 Command output

Field

Description

MAP-TABLE NAME

Name of the priority map.

TYPE

Type of the priority map.

IMPORT

Input values of the priority map.

EXPORT

Output values of the priority map.

import

Use import to configure mappings for a priority map.

Use undo import to restore the specified or all mappings to the default for a priority map.

Syntax

import import-value-list export export-value

undo import { import-value-list | all }

Default

The default priority maps are used. For more information, see ACL and QoS Configuration Guide.

Views

Priority map view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

import-value-list: Specifies a list of input values.

export-value: Specifies the output value.

all: Restores all mappings in the priority map to the default.

Usage guidelines

If you both configure a priority map in priority map view and apply a flexible priority map to an interface, the flexible priority map takes effect on the interface.

Examples

# Configure the 802.1p-local priority map to map 802.1p priority values 4 and 5 to local priority 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table dot1p-lp

[Sysname-maptbl-dot1p-lp] import 4 5 export 1

Related commands

display qos map-table

qos map-table

Use qos map-table to enter the specified priority map view.

Syntax

qos map-table { dot11e-lp | dot1p-lp | dscp-lp | lp-dot11e | lp-dot1p | lp-dscp }

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

For the description of other keywords, see Table 17.

Examples

# Enter the inbound 802.1p-local priority map view.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos map-table inbound dot1p-lp

[Sysname-maptbl-in-dot1p-lp]

Related commands

display qos map-table

import

Priority trust mode commands

The following matrix shows the hardware compatible with MLD snooping:

 

Hardware

Remarks

·     Fixed Layer 2 Ethernet ports on the following routers:

¡     MSR610

¡     MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-LM-GL, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-W-LM-GL, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

¡     MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

¡     MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

¡     MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

¡     MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

¡     MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

¡     MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-6-X1-GL, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

¡     MSR2600-10-X1

¡     MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51, MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-28-SI-GL, MSR3600-51-SI

¡     MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

¡     MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

¡     MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

¡     MSR830-4LM-WiNet

¡     MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-GL, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet, MSR830-10EI-GL

¡     MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-6HI-GL, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10HI-GL

¡     MSR1004S-5G-GL

¡     MSR2600-6-WiNet

¡     MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

¡     MSR3600-28-WiNet

¡     MSR2630-XS, MSR3600-28-XS, MSR3610-I-XS, MSR3610-IE-XS

·     Layer 2 interface modules installed on routers.

For information about the support of the routers for Layer 2 interface modules, see H3C MSR Router Series Comware 7 Interface Module Guide.

 

display qos trust interface

Use display qos trust interface to display the priority trust mode and port priorities of an interface.

Syntax

display qos trust interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the priority trust mode and port priorities of all interfaces.

Examples

# Display the priority trust mode and port priority of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos trust interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

 Port priority information

  Port priority:0

  Port priority trust type: none

Table 19 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface type and interface number.

Port priority information

Port priority information.

Port priority

Port priority set for the interface.

Port priority trust type

Priority trust mode on the interface, which is none, indicating that no packet priority is trusted.

qos trust

Use qos trust to configure the priority trust mode for an interface.

Use undo qos trust to restore the default.

Syntax

qos trust { dot1p | dscp }

undo qos trust

Default

An interface does not trust any packet priority and trusts the port priority.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dot1p: Uses the 802.1p priority in incoming packets for priority mapping.

dscp: Uses the DSCP value in incoming packets for priority mapping.

Usage guidelines

Only Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces support this command. Only Layer 2 interfaces support configuring the port priority trust mode.

Examples

# Set the priority trust mode to 802.1p priority on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos trust dot1p

Related commands

display qos trust interface

Port priority commands

The following matrix shows the hardware compatible with port priority:

 

Hardware

Remarks

·     Fixed Layer 2 Ethernet ports on the following routers:

¡     MSR610

¡     MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-LM-GL, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-W-LM-GL, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

¡     MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

¡     MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

¡     MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

¡     MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

¡     MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

¡     MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-6-X1-GL, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

¡     MSR2600-10-X1

¡     MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51, MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-28-SI-GL, MSR3600-51-SI

¡     MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

¡     MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

¡     MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

¡     MSR830-4LM-WiNet

¡     MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-GL, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet, MSR830-10EI-GL

¡     MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-6HI-GL, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10HI-GL

¡     MSR1004S-5G-GL

¡     MSR2600-6-WiNet

¡     MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

¡     MSR3600-28-WiNet

¡     MSR2630-XS, MSR3600-28-XS, MSR3610-I-XS, MSR3610-IE-XS

·     Layer 2 interface modules installed on routers.

For information about the support of the routers for Layer 2 interface modules, see H3C MSR Router Series Comware 7 Interface Module Guide.

 

qos priority

Use qos priority to change the port priority of an interface.

Use undo qos priority to restore the default.

Syntax

qos priority priority-value

undo qos priority

Default

The port priority of an interface is 0.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

priority-value: Specifies the port priority value. The value range for this argument is 0 to 4294967295.

Examples

# Set the port priority of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos priority 2

Related commands

display qos trust interface


Traffic policing, GTS, and rate limit commands

MSR810-LMS/810-LUS/3600-28-SI/3600-28-SI-GL/3600-51-SI devices do not support L2VPN PWs.

Traffic policing commands

display qos car interface

Use display qos car interface to display the CAR configuration and statistics for interfaces.

Syntax

display qos car interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the CAR configuration and statistics for all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the CAR configuration and statistics of each VA interface of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the CAR configuration and statistics for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos car interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

 Direction: inbound

  Rule: If-match any

   CIR 128 (kbps), CBS 5120 (Bytes), PIR 128 (kbps), EBS 512 (Bytes)

   Green action  : pass

   Yellow action : pass

   Red action    : discard

   Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

   Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

   Red packets   : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

# Display the CAR configuration and statistics for GigabitEthernet1/0/2.

<Sysname> display qos car interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

 Direction: inbound

  Rule: If-match any

   CIR 50 (%), CBS 600 (ms), EBS 0 (ms),PIR 50 (%)

   Green action  : pass

   Yellow action : pass

   Red action    : discard

   Green packets : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

   Yellow packets: 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

   Red packets   : 0 (Packets), 0 (Bytes)

Table 20 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface name, including interface type and interface number.

Direction

Direction in which traffic policing is applied.

Rule

Match criteria, which is if-match any, indicating that all packets will be matched.

CIR

CIR in kbps (if the CIR is specified in absolute value) or in percentage (if the CIR is specified in percentage).

CBS

CBS in bytes (if the CBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the CBS is specified in milliseconds). When the CBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual CBS value is cbs-time × the actual CIR value.

EBS

EBS in bytes (if the EBS is specified in absolute value) or in ms (if the EBS is specified in milliseconds). When the EBS is specified in milliseconds, the actual EBS value is ebs-time × the actual CIR value.

Max CIR

Maximum CIR in kbps:

·     Active—Dynamic traffic policing has taken effect.

·     Inactive—Dynamic traffic policing has not taken effect.

PIR

PIR in kbps (if the PIR is specified in absolute value) or in percentage (if the PIR is specified in percentage).

Green action

Action to take on green packets.

Yellow action

Action to take on yellow packets.

Red action

Action to take on red packets.

Green packets

Green packet statistics.

Yellow packets

Yellow packet statistics.

Red packets

Red packet statistics.

 

Related commands

bandwidth (Interface Command Reference)

qos car (interface view)

qos carl

qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval

qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold

display qos carl

Use display qos carl to display CAR lists.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos carl [ carl-index ]

In IRF mode:

display qos carl [ carl-index ] [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

carl-index: Specifies a CAR list by its number in the range of 1 to 199. If you do not specify a CAR list, this command displays all CAR lists.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the CAR lists for the master device. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display all CAR lists.

<Sysname> display qos carl

List  Rules

1     destination-ip-address range 1.1.1.1 to 1.1.1.2 per-address shared-bandwidth

2     destination-ip-address subnet 1.1.1.1 22 per-address shared-bandwidth

4     dscp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 cs1

5     mac 0000-0000-0000

6     mpls-exp 0 1 2

9     precedence 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

10    source-ip-address range 1.1.1.1 to 1.1.1.2

11    source-ip-address subnet 1.1.1.1 31

display qos tunnel-session

Use display qos tunnel-session to display the QoS configuration and statistics for tunnels on a tunnel interface.

Syntax

display qos tunnel-session interface tunnel number [ identity identity ] [ inbound | outbound ]

display qos tunnel-session interface tunnel number [ sdwan-tte site-id site-id device-id device-id interface-id interface-id ] outbound

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

tunnel number: Specifies a tunnel interface by its number in the range of 0 to 10239.

identity identity: Specifies an IPsec P2MP tunnel by its identity. If you do not specify a tunnel, this command displays the QoS configuration and statistics for all tunnels on a tunnel interface. For more information about IPsec P2MP tunnel interfaces, see IPsec configuration in Security Configuration Guide.

inbound: Specifies the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

sdwan-tte site-id site-id: Specifies a site ID in the range of 1 to 65535. For more information about site ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

device-id device-id: Specifies a device ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about device ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

interface-id interface-id: Specifies an interface ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about interface ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command displays the QoS configuration and statistics for both the inbound and outbound directions.

To display QoS configuration and statistics for a specified SDWAN tunnel, execute the display qos tunnel-session interface tunnel number [ sdwan-tte site-id site-id device-id device-id interface-id interface-id ] outbound command.

Examples

# Display the QoS configuration and statistics for IPsec P2MP tunnel 1 on tunnel interface 0.

<Sysname> display qos tunnel-session interface tunnel 0 identity 1

Tunnel-session identity: Identity_1

  Direction: Inbound

  User Profile: a1

    Committed Access Rate:

      Rule: If-match any

        CIR 3333 (kbps), CBS 208312 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

      Rule: If-match acl 2000

        CIR 1000 (kbps), CBS 62500 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

  Direction: Outbound

  User Profile: a1

    Overhead compensation length: 14

    Committed Access Rate:

      Rule: If-match any

        CIR 4444 (kbps), CBS 277750 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

      Rule: If-match acl 3000

        CIR 1000 (kbps), CBS 62500 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

 

Tunnel-session identity: Identity_2

  Direction: Inbound

  User Profile: a1

    Committed Access Rate:

      Rule: If-match any

        CIR 3333 (kbps), CBS 208312 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

        Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

        Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

  Direction: Outbound

  User Profile: b1

# Display the QoS configuration and statistics for the specified SDWAN tunnel on tunnel interface 0.

<Sysname> display qos tunnel-session interface tunnel 0 sdwan-tte site-id 1 device-id 2 interface-id 1 outbound

Tunnel-session identity: SiteID1/DevID2/IfID1

  Direction: Outbound

  User Profile: a1

  Overhead compensation length: 14

  Committed Access Rate:

    Rule: If-match any

      CIR 4444 (kbps), CBS 277750 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

      Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

      Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

      Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

    Rule: If-match acl 3000

      CIR 1000 (kbps), CBS 62500 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

      Green packets : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

      Yellow packets: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

      Red packets   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

  Line rate:

    CIR 2000 (kbps), CBS 20480 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

    Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

    Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

    Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

    Active shaping: No

  Tunnel queue:

    Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/1024/0

    Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

    Output queue - Priority queuing: PQL 1 Size/Length/Discards

    Top:  0/20/0    Middle:  0/40/0    Normal:  0/60/0    Bottom:  0/80/0

Table 21 Command output

Field

Description

Tunnel-session identity

Tunnel identity.

An SDWAN tunnel identity contains the following parts:

·     SiteID—SDWAN site ID.

·     DevID—SDWAN device ID.

·     IfID—SDWAN tunnel interface ID.

Direction

Direction to which the QoS policy is applied.

User Profile

User profile name.

Overhead compensation length

Packet compensation length in bytes for outbound traffic policing.

Rule

Packet matching rule:

·     If-match any—Matches all packets.

·     If-match acl 2000—Matches packets that permitted by the ACL.

Line rate

Traffic rate limiting information based on user profile.

Passed

Number and bytes of packets that have been forwarded.

Discarded

Number and bytes of dropped packets.

Delayed

Number and bytes of delayed packets.

Active shaping

Indicates whether the rate limit configuration is activated:

·     Yes—Activated.

·     No—Not activated.

Tunnel queue

Packet statistics based on SDWAN tunnel queues.

Output queue

Information about the output queue.

Urgent queuing

Urgent queue information.

Protocol queuing

Protocol queue information.

Priority queuing

Priority queue information.

Size

Total number of bytes of packets in the queues.

Length

Number of packets allowed in each queue.

Discards

Number of dropped packets.

Top

Top priority queue.

Middle

Middle priority queue.

Normal

Normal priority queue.

Bottom

Bottom priority queue.

 

Related commands

reset qos tunnel-session

qos car (interface view)

Use qos car to configure a CAR policy on an interface.

Use undo qos car to delete a CAR policy from an interface.

Syntax

Static traffic policing:

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index }

Dynamic traffic policing:

qos car outbound carl carl-index cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ max-cir max-committed-information-rate ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo qos car outbound carl carl-index

Default

No CAR policy is configured.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

inbound: Performs CAR for incoming packets on the interface.

outbound: Performs CAR for outgoing packets on the interface.

any: Performs CAR for all IP packets in the specified direction.

acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number: Performs CAR for packets matching an ACL specified by its number. The value range for the acl-number argument is 2000 to 3999. If you do not specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv4 ACL. If you specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv6 ACL.

carl carl-index: Performs CAR for packets matching a CAR list specified by its number in the range of 1 to 199.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in 8 to 1000000 kbps.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes, which is the size of burst traffic when the actual average rate is not greater than the CIR. The value range for the committed-burst-size argument is 1000 to 100000000. If you specify the cir keyword without specifying the cbs keyword, the default CBS value is 62.5 × committed-information-rate.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in 0 to 100000000 bytes. If you specify the pir keyword without specifying the ebs keyword, the default EBS value is 62.5 × peak-information-rate.

max-cir max-committed-information-rate: Specifies the maximum CIR in kbps. If you do not specify this option, static traffic policing is configured.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in 8 to 1000000 kbps.

green: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to the CIR. The default is pass.

red: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to neither CIR nor PIR. The default is discard.

yellow: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate exceeds the CIR but conforms to the PIR. The default is pass.

action: Specifies the action to take on packets:

continue: Continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy.

discard: Drops the packet.

pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

remark-dot1p-continue new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the 802.1p packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

remark-dscp-continue new-dscp: Remarks the packet with a new DSCP value and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Remarks the packet with a new DSCP value and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

remark-mpls-exp-continue new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

remark-prec-continue new-precedence: Re-marks the packet with a new IP precedence and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Re-marks the packet with a new IP precedence and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the qos car command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the qos car command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

When you specify an ACL when executing this command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     If the ACL does not exist or the ACL does not contain any rules, the ACL does not take effect.

·     If a rule in the ACL is configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on VPN packets. If the rule is not configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on public network packets.

You can configure multiple qos car commands on an interface to define multiple CAR policies. These CAR policies are executed in their configuration order.

Dynamic traffic policing allows you to dynamically adjust the bandwidth allowed per IP address on an interface to improve bandwidth usage.

When the following conditions exist, the dynamic traffic policing feature is activated on an interface:

·     A CAR list is used and he per-address parameter is specified in the CAR list.

·     Only one CAR list-based CAR policy is applied to the same direction of an interface, and the max-cir parameter is specified.

The traffic on an interface can be classified as traffic subject to traffic policing and traffic not subject to traffic policing. The dynamic traffic policing feature updates the allowed CIR for each IP address at the interval configured in the qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval command.

·     If the traffic rate does not exceed the maximum bandwidth threshold and the updated CIR is smaller than the maximum CIR, the updated CIR applies.

·     If the traffic rate exceeds the maximum bandwidth threshold or the updated CIR is greater than the maximum CIR, the CIR remains unchanged.

·     If a new flow is added on the interface, the new flow receives the same allowed CIR as other flows.

Examples

# Perform CAR for all packets in the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1. The CAR parameters are as follows:

·     CIR is 200 kbps.

·     CBS is 5120 bytes.

·     EBS is 0.

·     Conforming packets are transmitted.

·     Excess packets are set with an IP precedence of 0 and transmitted.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound any cir 200 cbs 5000 ebs 0 green pass red remark-prec-pass 0

Related commands

display qos car interface

qos carl

qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval

qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold

qos car (user profile view)

Use qos car any to configure a CAR policy for all packets of a user profile.

Use undo qos car to delete a CAR policy from a user profile.

Syntax

qos car { inbound | outbound } any cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ]

qos car { inbound | outbound } any cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ]

undo qos car { inbound | outbound } any

 

Default

No CAR policy is configured.

Views

User profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

inbound: Performs CAR for incoming traffic.

outbound: Performs CAR for outgoing traffic.

any: Performs CAR for all traffic.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in 8 to 10000000 kbps.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in bytes, which is the size of burst traffic when the actual average rate is not greater than the CIR. The value range for the committed-burst-size argument is 1000 to 1000000000. The default value is 62.5 × committed-information-rate.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in 0 to 1000000000 bytes. The default value is 0.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in 8 to 10000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the qos car command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the qos car command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

The conforming traffic is permitted to pass through, and the excess traffic is dropped.

If you execute the qos car any command multiple times for the same user profile, the most recent configuration takes effect.

When you specify an ACL when executing this command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     If the ACL does not exist or the ACL does not contain any rules, the ACL does not take effect.

·     If a rule in the ACL is configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on VPN packets. If the rule is not configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on public network packets.

Examples

# Perform CAR for packets received by user profile user. The CAR parameters are as follows:

·     The CIR is 200 kbps.

·     The CBS is 51200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile user

[Sysname-user-profile-user] qos car outbound any cir 200 cbs 51200

qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval

Use qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval to set the bandwidth update interval for dynamic traffic policing.

Use undo qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval to restore the default.

Syntax

qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval interval

undo qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval

Default

The bandwidth update interval for dynamic traffic policing is 600 seconds.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

interval: Specifies the bandwidth update interval in the range of 5 to 600 seconds.

Usage guidelines

This command takes effect only on interfaces with dynamic traffic policing activated. For more information about dynamic traffic policing, see the qos car (interface view) command.

The traffic on an interface can be classified as traffic subject to traffic policing and traffic not subject to traffic policing. The dynamic traffic policing feature updates the allowed CIR for each IP address at bandwidth update interval.

·     If the traffic rate does not exceed the maximum bandwidth threshold and the updated CIR is smaller than the maximum CIR, the updated CIR applies.

·     If the traffic rate exceeds the maximum bandwidth threshold or the updated CIR is greater than the maximum CIR, the CIR remains unchanged.

·     If a new flow is added on the interface, the new flow receives the same allowed CIR as other flows.

Examples

# Set the bandwidth update interval for dynamic traffic policing to 100 seconds.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval 100

Related commands

bandwidth (Interface Command Reference)

qos car (interface view)

qos carl

display qos car interface

qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold

qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold

Use qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold to set the maximum bandwidth threshold in percentage on an interface.

Use undo qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold to restore the default.

Syntax

qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold high-percent

undo qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold

Default

The maximum bandwidth threshold is 80%.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

high-percent: Specifies the maximum bandwidth percentage in the range of 1 to 100.

Usage guidelines

If the bandwidth command is not executed on an interface, the maximum amount of bandwidth that can be used is the actual interface bandwidth multiplied by the maximum bandwidth percentage. If the bandwidth command is executed on an interface, the maximum amount of bandwidth that can be used is the configured interface bandwidth multiplied by the maximum bandwidth percentage.

This command takes effect only on interfaces with dynamic traffic policing activated. For more information about dynamic traffic policing, see the qos car (interface view) command.

The traffic on an interface can be classified as traffic subject to traffic policing and traffic not subject to traffic policing. The dynamic traffic policing feature updates the allowed CIR for each IP address at bandwidth update interval.

·     If the traffic rate does not exceed the maximum bandwidth threshold and the updated CIR is smaller than the maximum CIR, the updated CIR applies.

·     If the traffic rate exceeds the maximum bandwidth threshold or the updated CIR is greater than the maximum CIR, the CIR remains unchanged.

·     If a new flow is added on the interface, the new flow receives the same allowed CIR as other flows.

Examples

# Set the maximum bandwidth percentage to 70% on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car bandwidth-utilization-threshold 70

Related commands

bandwidth (Interface Command Reference)

display qos car interface

qos carl

qos car bandwidth-refresh-interval

qos car (interface view)

qos car percent (interface view)

Use qos car percent to configure a CAR policy in percentage on an interface.

Use undo qos car to delete a CAR policy from an interface.

Syntax

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index } percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time [ ebs ebs-time ] ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index } percent cir cir-percent [ cbs cbs-time ] pir pir-percent [ ebs ebs-time ] [ green action | red action | yellow action ] *

undo qos car { inbound | outbound } { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number | carl carl-index }

Default

No CAR policy is configured in percentage.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

inbound: Performs CAR for incoming packets on the interface.

outbound: Performs CAR for outgoing packets on the interface.

any: Performs CAR for all IP data packets in the specified direction.

acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number: Performs CAR for packets matching an ACL specified by its number. The value range for the acl-number argument is 2000 to 2999 for basic ACLs and 3000 to 3999 for advanced ACLs. If you do not specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv4 ACL. If you specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv6 ACL.

carl carl-index: Performs CAR for packets matching a CAR list specified by its number in the range of 1 to 199.

percent cir cir-percent: Specifies the CIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The actual CIR value is cir-percent × interface bandwidth.

cbs cbs-time: Specifies the CBS in 50 to 2000 milliseconds. The actual CBS value is cbs-time × the actual CIR value. If you specify the CIR without specifying the CBS, the default CBS value is CIR × 62.5.

ebs ebs-time: Specifies the EBS in 0 to 2000 milliseconds. The actual EBS value is ebs-time × the actual CIR value. The default value is 0.

pir pir-percent: Specifies the PIR in percentage, in the range of 1 to 100. The value for the pir-percent argument must be greater than or equal to the value for the cir-percent argument.

green: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to CIR. The default is pass.

red: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate conforms to neither CIR nor PIR. The default is discard.

yellow: Specifies the action to take on packets when the traffic rate exceeds CIR but conforms to PIR. The default is pass.

action: Specifies the action to take on packets:

·     continue: Continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy.

·     discard: Drops the packet.

·     pass: Permits the packet to pass through.

·     remark-dot1p-continue new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the packet to new-cos and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-dot1p-pass new-cos: Sets the 802.1p priority value of the packet to new-cos and permits the packet to pass through. The new-cos argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-dscp-continue new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

·     remark-dscp-pass new-dscp: Sets the DSCP value of the packet and permits the packet to pass through. The new-dscp argument is in the range of 0 to 63. Alternatively, you can specify the new-dscp argument with af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef.

·     remark-mpls-exp-continue new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-mpls-exp-pass new-exp: Sets the EXP field value of the MPLS packet to new-exp and permits the packet to pass through. The new-exp argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-prec-continue new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet and continues to process the packet by using the next CAR policy. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

·     remark-prec-pass new-precedence: Sets the IP precedence of the packet and permits the packet to pass through. The new-precedence argument is in the range of 0 to 7.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic policing, configure the qos car percent command with the pir pir-percent option. To use one rate for traffic policing, configure the qos car percent command without the pir pir-percent option.

You can configure multiple qos car percent commands on an interface to define multiple CAR policies. These CAR policies are executed in their configuration order.

When you specify an ACL when executing this command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     If the ACL does not exist or the ACL does not contain any rules, the ACL does not take effect.

·     If a rule in the ACL is configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on VPN packets. If the rule is not configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on public network packets.

Examples

# Perform CAR for all outgoing packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound any percent cir 50 cbs 1000

qos carl

Use qos carl to create or modify a CAR list.

Use undo qos carl to delete a CAR list.

Syntax

qos carl carl-index { dscp dscp-list | mac mac-address | mpls-exp mpls-exp-value | precedence precedence-value | { destination-ip-address | source-ip-address } { object-group object-group-name | range start-ip-address to end-ip-address | subnet ip-address mask-length } [ per-address [ shared-bandwidth ] ] [ time-range time-range-name ] }

undo qos carl carl-index

Default

No CAR list is configured.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

carl-index: Specifies a CAR list by its number in the range of 1 to 199.

dscp dscp-list: Specifies a list of DSCP values. A DSCP value can be a number from 0 to 63 or any of the following keywords af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, default, or ef. You can configure up to eight DSCP values in one command line. If the same DSCP value is specified multiple times, the system considers the values to be one value. If a packet matches one of the defined DSCP values, it matches the if-match clause.

mac mac-address: Specifies a MAC address in hexadecimal format.

mpls-exp mpls-exp-value: Specifies an MPLS EXP value in the range of 0 to 7. You can configure up to eight MPLS EXP values in one command line. If the same MPLS EXP value is specified multiple times, the system considers the values to be one value. If a packet matches one of the defined MPLS EXP values, it matches the if-match clause.

precedence precedence: Specifies a precedence value in the range of 0 to 7. You can configure up to eight IP precedence values in one command line. If the same IP precedence value is specified multiple times, the system considers the values to be one value. If a packet matches one of the defined IP precedence values, it matches the if-match clause.

destination-ip-address: Configures a destination IP address-based CAR list.

source-ip-address: Configures a source IP address-based CAR list.

range start-ip-address to end-ip-address: Specifies an IP address range by the start address and end address. The value for end-ip-address must be greater than the value for start-ip-address. A maximum of 1024 IP addresses can be specified.

subnet ip-address mask-length: Specifies a subnet by the IP subnet address and IP subnet address mask length. The value range is 22 to 31.

object-group object-group-name: Specifies an object group by its name, a case-insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters. The specified object group must be an existing IP address object group. Otherwise, the CAR list fails to be created or modified.

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the object-group object-group-name option:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

Yes

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

Yes

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR 3610, MSR 3620, MSR 3620-DP, MSR 3640, MSR 3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet, MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

per-address: Performs per-IP address rate limiting within the network segment. When this keyword is specified, the CIR is dedicated bandwidth for each IP address and is not shared by any other IP address. If you do not specify this keyword, the following events occur:

·     Rate limiting is performed for the entire network segment.

·     All of the CIR is allocated among all IP addresses in proportion to the traffic load of each IP address.

shared-bandwidth: Specifies that traffic of all IP addresses within the network segment shares the remaining bandwidth (the CIR). If you specify this keyword, all of the CIR is allocated evenly among all IP addresses with traffic load.

time-range time-range-name: Specifies a time range during which the CAR list is in effect. The time-range-name argument is a case-insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters and cannot be all. If the specified time range does not exist, the CAR list can be created but does not take effect until the time range is created. For more information about time ranges, see "Configuring time ranges."

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the time-range time-range-name option:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

Yes

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

Yes

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

 

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR 3610, MSR 3620, MSR 3620-DP, MSR 3640, MSR 3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet, MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Usage guidelines

You can create a CAR list based on IP precedence, MAC address, MPLS EXP, DSCP, or IP network segment.

If you execute this command multiple times for the same CAR list, the most recent configuration takes effect. If you execute this command multiple times for different CAR lists, multiple CAR lists are created.

To perform rate limiting for a single IP address, use the qos car acl command in interface view.

Examples

# Apply CAR list 1 to the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to meet the following requirements:

·     The rate of each host on the subnet 1.1.1.0/24 is limited to 512 kbps.

·     Traffic of IP addresses in the subnet does not share the remaining bandwidth.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos carl 1 source-ip-address subnet 1.1.1.0 24 per-address

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound carl 1 cir 512 cbs 5120 ebs 0 green pass red discard

# Apply CAR list 2 to the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to meet the following requirements:

·     The rate of each host in the IP address range of 1.1.2.100 to 1.1.2.199 is limited to 5 Mbps.

·     Traffic of IP addresses in the subnet shares the remaining bandwidth.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos carl 2 source-ip-address range 1.1.2.100 to 1.1.2.199 per-address shared-bandwidth

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos car outbound carl 2 cir 5120 cbs 51200 ebs 51200 green pass red discard

# Apply CAR list 3 to the outbound direction of GigabitEthernet 1/0/2 to meet the following requirements:

·     The rate of each host in object group work-group is limited to 256 kbps during time range work-time.

·     Traffic of IP addresses in the object group does not share the remaining bandwidth.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos carl 3 source-ip-address object-group work-group per-address time-range work-time

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/2

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/2] qos car outbound carl 3 cir 256 cbs 6250 ebs 0 green pass red discard

Related commands

display qos carl

qos car

qos overhead compensation-length

Use qos overhead compensation-length to set the packet compensation length for outbound traffic policing.

Use undo qos overhead compensation-length to restore the default.

Syntax

qos overhead compensation-length length

undo qos overhead compensation-length

Default

The packet compensation length is not set for outbound traffic policing.

Views

User profile view

Tunnel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

length: Specifies the packet compensation length in the range of 1 to 256 bytes.

Usage guidelines

Packet compensation compensates for the stripped packet header in policing traffic. The packet compensation configuration also takes effect on traffic policing statistics.

As shown in Figure 1, traffic policing is configured on Device A:

·     For inbound traffic policing, the device has obtained the link layer header length when decapsulating an incoming tunnel packet. Therefore, the traffic policing result is accurate, and you do not need to configure packet compensation.

·     For outbound traffic policing, the device has not obtained the link layer header length when policing traffic. To ensure accurate traffic policing, you can configure packet compensation.

Figure 1 Tunnel-based traffic policing

 

This command takes effect only outgoing traffic.

Examples

# Set the packet compensation length to 14 bytes in user profile u1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface user-profile u1

[Sysname-user-profile-u1] qos overhead compensation-length 14

# Set the packet compensation length to 14 bytes on tunnel interface 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface Tunnel 1

[Sysname-Tunnel1] qos overhead compensation-length 14

reset qos tunnel-session

Use reset qos tunnel-session to clear the QoS statistics for tunnels on a tunnel interface.

Syntax

reset qos tunnel-session interface tunnel number [ identity identity ] [ inbound | outbound ]

reset qos tunnel-session interface tunnel number [ sdwan-tte site-id site-id device-id device-id interface-id interface-id ] outbound

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

tunnel number: Specifies a tunnel interface by its number in the range of 0 to 10239.

identity identity: Specifies an IPsec P2MP tunnel by its identity. For more information about IPsec P2MP tunnel interfaces, see IPsec configuration in Security Configuration Guide.

inbound: Specifies the inbound direction.

outbound: Specifies the outbound direction.

sdwan-tte site-id site-id: Specifies a site ID in the range of 1 to 65535. For more information about site ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

device-id device-id: Specifies a device ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about device ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

interface-id interface-id: Specifies an interface ID in the range of 1 to 255. For more information about interface ID, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

Usage guidelines

If you do not specify a direction, this command clears the QoS statistics for both the inbound and outbound directions.

Examples

# Clear the QoS statistics for all tunnels on tunnel interface 0.

<Sysname> reset qos tunnel-session interface tunnel 0

Related commands

display qos tunnel-session

GTS commands

display qos gts interface

Use display qos gts interface to display the GTS configuration and statistics for interfaces.

Syntax

display qos gts interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the GTS configuration and statistics for all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the GTS configuration and statistics of each VA interface of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the GTS configuration and statistics for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos gts interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

 Rule: If-match acl 2001

  CIR 512 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), PIR 5120 (kbps), EBS 0 (Bytes)

  Queue Length: 100 (Packets)

  Queue Size: 70 (Packets)

  Passed   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

  Discarded: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

  Delayed  : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

 

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

 Rule: If-match acl 2001

  CIR 64 (kbps), CBS 51200 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

  Queue Length: 100 (Packets)

  Queue Size: 70 (Packets)

  Passed   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

  Discarded: 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

  Delayed  : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

Table 22 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.

Rule

Match criteria.

Queue Length

Number of packets that the buffer can hold.

Queue Size

Number of packets in the buffer.

Passed

Number and bytes of packets that have been forwarded.

Discarded

Number and bytes of dropped packets.

Delayed

Number and bytes of delayed packets.

 

qos gts

Use qos gts to set GTS parameters on an interface.

Use undo qos gts to delete the GTS configuration on an interface.

Syntax

qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ] [ queue-length queue-length ]

undo qos gts { any | acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number }

Default

No GTS parameters are configured.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

any: Shapes all packets.

acl [ ipv6 ] acl-number: Performs GTS for packets matching an ACL specified by its number. The value range for the acl-number argument is 2000 to 2999 for basic ACLs and 3000 to 3999 for advanced ACLs. If you do not specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv4 ACL. If you specify ipv6, this option specifies an IPv6 ACL.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in 8 to 1000000 kbps.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in 1000 to 100000000 bytes. If you specify the cir keyword without specifying the cbs keyword, the default CBS value is 62.5 × committed-burst-size.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in 0 to 100000000 bytes, which is the traffic exceeding CBS when two token buckets are used. If you specify the pir keyword without specifying the ebs keyword, the default EBS value is 62.5 × peak-information-rate.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in 8 to 1000000 kbps. The PIR cannot be smaller than the CIR.

queue-length queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue. The value range for the queue-length argument is 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

To use two rates for traffic shaping, configure the qos gts command with the pir peak-information-rate option. To use one rate for traffic shaping, configure the qos gts command without the pir peak-information-rate option.

When you specify an ACL when executing this command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     If the ACL does not exist or the ACL does not contain any rules, the ACL does not take effect.

·     If a rule in the ACL is configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on VPN packets. If the rule is not configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on public network packets.

Examples

# Shape the packets matching ACL 2001 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1. The GTS parameters are as follows:

·     The CIR is 200 kbps.

·     The CBS is 51200 bytes.

·     The EBS is 0.

·     The maximum buffer queue length is 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos gts acl 2001 cir 200 cbs 51200 ebs 0 queue-length 100

qos gts (user profile view)

Use qos gts to set GTS parameters for a user profile.

Use undo qos gts to restore the default.

Syntax

qos gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ]

qos gts cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size ] pir peak-information-rate [ ebs excess-burst-size ]

undo qos gts

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

No GTS parameters are set.

Views

User profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in 8 to 10000000 kbps.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in 1000 to 1000000000 bytes.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in 0 to 1000000000 bytes. The default for excess-burst-size is 0 bytes.

pir peak-information-rate: Specifies the PIR in 8 to 10000000 kbps. The PIR value cannot be smaller than the CIR value.

Examples

# Shape the packets received by user profile user. The GTS parameters are as follows:

·     The CIR is 200 kbps.

·     The CBS is 51200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile user

[Sysname-user-profile-user] qos gts cir 200 cbs 51200

Rate limit commands

display qos lr

Use display qos lr to display the rate limit configuration and statistics for interfaces or PWs.

Syntax

display qos lr { interface [ interface-type interface-number ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the rate limit configuration and statistics for all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the rate limit configuration and statistics for all PWs.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the rate limit configuration and statistics of each VA interface of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the rate limit configuration and statistics for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos lr interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

 Direction: outbound

  CIR 2000 (kbps), CBS 20480 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

  Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Active shaping: No

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

 Direction: Outbound

  CIR 64 (kbps), CBS 512 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

  Passed   : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Discarded: 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Delayed  : 1000 (Packets) 1000 (Bytes)

  Active shaping: No

# Display the rate limit information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos lr l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.2.3.4, pw-id 1

  Direction: Outbound

   CIR 1024 (kbps), CBS 64000 (Bytes), EBS 0 (Bytes)

   Passed   : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

   Delayed  : 0 (Packets) 0 (Bytes)

   Active shaping: No

Table 23 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.

L2VPN-PW

A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.

Direction

Direction in which the rate limit configuration is applied.

Passed

Number and bytes of packets that have passed.

Discarded

Number and bytes of dropped packets.

Delayed

Number and bytes of delayed packets.

Active shaping

Indicates whether the rate limit configuration is activated:

·     Yes—Activated.

·     No—Not activated.

 

qos lr

Use qos lr to configure rate limiting on an interface or PW.

Use undo qos lr to delete the rate limit configuration on an interface or PW.

Syntax

qos lr { inbound | outbound } cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ]

undo qos lr { inbound | outbound }

Default

No rate limit is configured.

Views

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

inbound: Limits the rate of incoming packets. This keyword is supported in only interface view.

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for the inbound keyword:

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR 810-LMS, MSR 810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

Yes

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

No

MSR2600-10-X1

No

MSR 2630

No

MSR 3600-28, MSR 3600-51

Yes

MSR 3600-28-SI, MSR 3600-51-SI

No

MSR 3600-28-X1, MSR 3600-28-X1-DP, MSR 3600-51-X1, MSR 3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

No

MSR 3610-I-DP, MSR 3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

No

MSR 3610, MSR 3620, MSR 3620-DP, MSR 3640, MSR 3660

No

MSR 3610-G, MSR 3620-G

No

MSR3640-G

No

MSR3640-X1-HI

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

No

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

No

MSR2600-6-WiNet

No

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

No

MSR2630-WiNet

No

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

No

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

No

MSR2630-XS

No

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

No

MSR3620-XS

No

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

No

MSR3640-XS

No

MSR3660-XS

No

 

Hardware

Parameter compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

No

MSR830-10EI-GL

No

MSR830-6HI-GL

No

MSR830-10HI-GL

No

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

No

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

outbound: Limits the rate of outgoing packets.

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in kbps. The value range for committed-information-rate varies by device model.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in 500 to 1000000000 bytes. If you specify the cir keyword without specifying the cbs keyword, the default EBS value is 62.5 × committed-burst-size.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in bytes, which is the traffic exceeding CBS when two token buckets are used. The value range for the excess-burst-size argument is 0 to 1000000000. If you specify the pir keyword without specifying the ebs keyword, the default EBS value is 62.5 × peak-information-rate.

Examples

# Limit the rate of outgoing packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, with CIR 256 kbps and CBS 51200 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos lr outbound cir 256 cbs 51200

qos lr outbound (user profile view)

Use qos lr outbound to configure traffic rate limiting settings based on user profiles.

Use undo qos lr outbound to restore the default.

Syntax

qos lr outbound { cir committed-information-rate [ cbs committed-burst-size [ ebs excess-burst-size ] ] | peer-advertise-bandwidth }

undo qos lr outbound

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

No traffic rate limiting settings are configured based on user profiles.

Views

User Profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cir committed-information-rate: Specifies the CIR in 8 to 10000000 kbps.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in 1000 to 1000000000 bytes.

ebs excess-burst-size: Specifies the EBS in 0 to 1000000000 bytes, which is the traffic exceeding CBS when two token buckets are used.

peer-advertise-bandwidth: Uses the CIR advertised by the peer tunnel interface. This CIR is configured by using the qos bandwidth downstream command on the peer tunnel interface and advertised during data channel establishment.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure traffic rate limiting settings based on user profile a and use the CIR configured by using the qos bandwidth downstream command on the peer tunnel interface.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile a

[Sysname-user-profile-a] qos lr outbound

peer-advertise-bandwidth

# Configure traffic rate limiting settings based on user profile a and set the CIR to 1000 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile a

[Sysname-user-profile-a] qos lr outbound cir 1000

Related commands

qos bandwidth downstream

qos overhead layer

Use qos overhead layer physical to include the physical layer header in calculating the packet length for rate limiting.

Use undo qos overhead layer physical to restore the default.

Syntax

qos overhead layer physical

undo qos overhead layer physical

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

No

MSR 810, MSR 810-W, MSR 810-W-DB, MSR 810-LM, MSR 810-W-LM, MSR 810-10-PoE, MSR 810-LM-HK, MSR 810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

No

MSR 810-LMS, MSR 810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

No

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

No

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

No

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

No

MSR2600-10-X1

No

MSR 2630

No

MSR 3600-28, MSR 3600-51

No

MSR 3600-28-SI, MSR 3600-51-SI

No

MSR 3600-28-X1, MSR 3600-28-X1-DP, MSR 3600-51-X1, MSR 3600-51-X1-DP

No

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

No

MSR 3610-I-DP, MSR 3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

No

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR 3610, MSR 3620, MSR 3620-DP, MSR 3640, MSR 3660

Yes

MSR 3610-G, MSR 3620-G

No

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

No

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

No

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

No

MSR2600-6-WiNet

No

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

No

MSR2630-WiNet

No

MSR3600-28-WiNet

No

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

No

MSR860-6HI-XS

No

MSR2630-XS

No

MSR3600-28-XS

No

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

No

MSR3610-IE-XS

No

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

No

MSR810-W-LM-GL

No

MSR830-6EI-GL

No

MSR830-10EI-GL

No

MSR830-6HI-GL

No

MSR830-10HI-GL

No

MSR1004S-5G-GL

No

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

No

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

The device calculates the packet length for rate limiting based on the data link layer frame.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

This command allows the device to include a 24-byte physical layer header in calculating the packet length for rate limiting. As a best practice, configure this command in scenarios where packets are small and precise rate limiting is required. To save computing resources, do not configure this command if the device processes large packets.

This command takes effect only on Layer 3 Ethernet interfaces and Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

Examples

# Include the physical layer header in calculating the packet length for rate limiting.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos overhead layer physical

Related commands

display qos lr

qos lr

qos lr percent

qos bandwidth downstream

Use qos bandwidth downstream to set the traffic rate limit to be applied to the outbound direction of the peer tunnel interface.

Use undo qos bandwidth downstream to restore the default.

Syntax

qos bandwidth downstream bandwidth-value

undo qos bandwidth downstream

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

The traffic rate limit to be applied to the outbound direction of the peer tunnel interface is not configured.

Views

Tunnel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth-value: Specifies a bandwidth limit in the range of 8 to 10000000 kbps.

Usage guidelines

This command is applicable to only SDWAN tunnels. For more information about this feature, see SDWAN configuration in SDWAN Configuration Guide.

In the SDWAN scenario, a large number of spoke devices exist in a hub-spoke network. To configure a QoS policy for each hub-spoke SDWAN tunnel, you need to manually configure and apply a QoS policy on the hub device in the central site each time a spoke device is added for a branch site. If the QoS policies for the SDWAN tunnels from the central site to the branch sites are the same except for the rate limiting settings, you can simplify QoS policy configuration on the hub device by executing this command on the spoke devices.

The configuration procedure is as follows:

1.     Execute the qos apply user-profile downstream command on the spoke device to apply the specified user profile to the hub-spoke SDWAN tunnel.

2.     Execute the qos bandwidth downstream command on the spoke device to enable the BGP IPv4 Tnl-encap-ext routes to carry the specified traffic rate limit. The traffic rate limit will be advertised together with the TTE information to the hub device during hub-spoke SDWAN tunnel establishment.

3.     Execute the qos lr outbound command with the peer-advertise-bandwidth keyword specified in the view of the user profile applied to the SDWAN tunnel. If you do not perform the above tasks on the peer hub device, the traffic rate limit specified by the qos bandwidth downstream command does not take effect.

If you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the traffic rate limit to be applied to the outbound direction of the peer tunnel interface to 1000 kbps.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface Tunnel 2 mode sdwan udp

[Sysname-Tunnel2] qos bandwidth downstream 1000

Related commands

qos apply user-profile downstream

qos lr outbound(user profile view)

 


Congestion management commands

For compatibility of a device for ATM interfaces, see the installation and interface module guides of the device.

MSR810-LMS/810-LUS/3600-28-SI/3600-28-SI-GL/3600-51-SI devices do not support L2VPN PWs.

Common commands

display qos queue interface

Use display qos queue interface to display the queuing information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the queuing information for all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the queuing information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the queuing information of each VA interface of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the queuing information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos queue interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Weighted Fair queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/64/0

  Weight: IP Precedence

  Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/128

 

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Table 24 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.

Output queue

Type of the current output queue.

Group

Number of the group that holds the queue.

Weight

Packet-count scheduling weight of the queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.

Byte-count

Byte-count scheduling weight of the queue. N/A is displayed for a queue that uses the SP scheduling algorithm.

 

display qos queue l2vpn-pw

Use display qos queue l2vpn-pw to display the queuing information for PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the queuing information for all PWs.

Examples

# Display the queuing information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

L2VPN-PW: peer 2.2.2.2 pw-id 2

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Weighted Fair queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/64/0

  Weight: IP Precedence

  Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/128

Table 25 Command output

Field

Description

L2VPN-PW

A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.

Size

Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.

Length

Number of packets allowed in each queue.

Discards

Number of packets dropped.

Weight

Weight type:

·     IP Precedence.

·     DSCP.

Active

Number of active WFQ queues.

Max active

Maximum number of active WFQ queues that was reached.

Total

Total number of configured WFQ queues.

reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw

Use reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw to clear the QoS statistics for PWs.

Syntax

reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ]

Views

User view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command clears QoS statistics for all PWs.

Examples

# Clear the QoS statistics for PW 1 with peer PE IP address 1.1.1.1.

<Sysname> reset qos statistics l2vpn-pw peer 1.1.1.1 pw-id 1

FIFO queuing commands

display qos queue fifo

Use display qos queue fifo to display the FIFO information for interfaces, PVCs, or PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue fifo { interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the FIFO information for all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the FIFO information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the FIFO information for all PWs.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the FIFO information of each VA interface of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the FIFO information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos queue fifo interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/2

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

# Display the FIFO information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue fifo l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - FIFO queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/75/0

Table 26 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.

L2VPN-PW

A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.

Size

Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.

Length

Number of packets allowed in each queue.

Discards

Number of packets dropped.

 

qos fifo queue-length

Use qos fifo queue-length to set the FIFO queue length for an interface, PVC, or PW.

Use undo qos fifo queue-length to restore the default.

Syntax

qos fifo queue-length queue-length

undo qos fifo queue-length

Default

The FIFO queue length is 75.

Views

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the FIFO queue, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

For FIFO queuing to take effect on a subinterface, you must configure the rate limit on the subinterface.

Examples

# Set the FIFO queue length to 100.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos fifo queue-length 100

Related commands

display qos queue fifo interface

PQ commands

display qos pql

Use display qos pql to display the PQ list configuration.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos pql [ pql-index ]

In IRF mode:

display qos pql [ pql-index ] [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the PQ list configuration for the master device. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display the configuration of all PQ lists.

<Sysname> display qos pql

Current PQL configuration:

List  Queue   Parameters

------------------------------------------------------

1     Top     Protocol ip less-than 1000

2     Normal  Length 80

2     Bottom  Length 40

3     Middle  Inbound-interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1

4     Top     Local-precedence  7

4     0       Protocol ip acl 3001

4     1       Protocol ipv6 acl 3001

4     2       Protocol ip

4     3       Protocol ipv6

Table 27 Command output

Field

Description

Queue

PQ queue type:

·     0—Queue 0 in 8-queue PQ.

·     1—Queue 1 in 8-queue PQ.

·     2—Queue 2 in 8-queue PQ.

·     3—Queue 3 in 8-queue PQ.

·     Bottom—Bottom priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 4 in 8-queue PQ.

·     Normal—Normal priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 5 in 8-queue PQ.

·     Middle—Middle priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 6 in 8-queue PQ.

·     Top—Top priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 7 in 8-queue PQ.

 

display qos queue pq interface

Use display qos queue pq interface to display the PQ information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue pq interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the PQ information for all interfaces except VA interfaces and dialer interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the PQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the PQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the PQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue pq interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Priority queuing: PQL 1 Size/Length/Discards

Top:  0/20/0    Middle:  0/40/0    Normal:  0/60/0    Bottom:  0/80/0

3  :  0/80/0    2     :  0/80/0    1     :  0/100/0   0     :  0/100/0

Table 28 Command output

Field

Description

Priority queuing: PQL 1

PQL 1 indicates the PQ list in use.

Size

Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.

Length

Number of packets allowed in each queue.

Discards

Number of dropped packets.

Top

Top priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 7 in 8-queue PQ.

Middle

Middle priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 6 in 8-queue PQ.

Normal

Normal priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 5 in 8-queue PQ.

Bottom

Bottom priority queue in 4-queue PQ or queue 4 in 8-queue PQ.

 

qos pq

Use qos pq to apply a PQ list to an interface or PVC.

Use undo qos pq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos pq pql pql-index

undo qos pq

Default

An interface or PVC uses FIFO queuing.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times on an interface or PVC, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Multiple match criteria can be configured for a PQ list. When a packet arrives, it is examined against match criteria in their configuration order.

·     If a match is found, the packet is assigned to the corresponding queue, and the matching process ends.

·     If no match is found, the packet is assigned to the default queue.

You must configure the rate limit for the queuing feature to take effect on the following interfaces:

·     Tunnel interfaces.

·     Subinterfaces.

·     Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

·     HDLC link bundle interfaces.

·     VT and dialer interfaces configured with PPPoE, PPPoA, PPPoEoA, PPPoFR, or MPoFR (Frame Relay interfaces are not enabled with FRTS).

Examples

# Apply PQ list 12 to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos pq pql 12

qos pq (user profile view)

Use qos pq to apply a PQ list to a user profile.

Use undo qos pq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos pq pql pql-index

undo qos pq

The following compatibility matrixes show the support of hardware platforms for this command:

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR610

Yes

MSR810, MSR810-W, MSR810-W-DB, MSR810-LM, MSR810-W-LM, MSR810-10-PoE, MSR810-LM-HK, MSR810-W-LM-HK, MSR810-LM-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-CNDE-SJK, MSR810-EI, MSR810-LM-EA, MSR810-LM-EI

Yes

MSR810-LMS, MSR810-LUS

No

MSR810-SI, MSR810-LM-SI

No

MSR810-LMS-EA, MSR810-LME

Yes

MSR1004S-5G, MSR1004S-5G-CN

Yes

MSR1104S-W, MSR1104S-W-CAT6, MSR1104S-5G-CN, MSR1104S-W-5G-CN

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1, MSR2600-15-X1, MSR2600-15-X1-T

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1

Yes

MSR 2630

Yes

MSR3600-28, MSR3600-51

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI, MSR3600-51-SI

No

MSR3600-28-X1, MSR3600-28-X1-DP, MSR3600-51-X1, MSR3600-51-X1-DP

Yes

MSR3600-28-G-DP, MSR3600-51-G-DP

Yes

MSR3610-I-DP, MSR3610-IE-DP, MSR3610-IE-ES, MSR3610-IE-EAD, MSR-EAD-AK770, MSR3610-I-IG, MSR3610-IE-IG

Yes

MSR3610-X1, MSR3610-X1-DP, MSR3610-X1-DC, MSR3610-X1-DP-DC, MSR3620-X1, MSR3640-X1

Yes

MSR3610, MSR3620, MSR3620-DP, MSR3640, MSR3660

Yes

MSR3610-G, MSR3620-G

Yes

MSR3640-G

Yes

MSR3640-X1-HI

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-W-WiNet, MSR810-LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-4LM-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-5BEI-WiNet, MSR830-6EI-WiNet, MSR830-10BEI-WiNet

Yes

MSR830-6BHI-WiNet, MSR830-10BHI-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-6-WiNet

Yes

MSR2600-10-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR2630-WiNet

Yes

MSR3600-28-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-X1-WiNet

Yes

MSR3610-WiNet, MSR3620-10-WiNet, MSR3620-DP-WiNet, MSR3620-WiNet, MSR3660-WiNet

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR860-6EI-XS

Yes

MSR860-6HI-XS

Yes

MSR2630-XS

Yes

MSR3600-28-XS

Yes

MSR3610-XS

Yes

MSR3620-XS

Yes

MSR3610-I-XS

Yes

MSR3610-IE-XS

Yes

MSR3620-X1-XS

Yes

MSR3640-XS

Yes

MSR3660-XS

Yes

 

Hardware

Command compatibility

MSR810-LM-GL

Yes

MSR810-W-LM-GL

Yes

MSR830-6EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10EI-GL

Yes

MSR830-6HI-GL

Yes

MSR830-10HI-GL

Yes

MSR1004S-5G-GL

Yes

MSR2600-6-X1-GL

Yes

MSR3600-28-SI-GL

No

 

Default

No PQ list is applied to a user profile.

Views

User profile view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

PQ is designed for mission-critical applications. Mission-critical applications require preferential treatment to reduce the response delay when congestion occurs. PQ can flexibly determine the order of forwarding packets by network protocol (for example, IP and IPX), incoming interface, packet length, and source/destination address.

You can execute this command to apply a user profile with a PQ list configured to different interfaces, without configuring the PQ list for each interface.

For a user profile, if you execute this command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

You can define a set of assignment rules in a PQ list. When a packet arrives, it is examined against match criteria in their configuration order.

·     When a match is found, the packet is assigned to the corresponding queue, and the matching process ends.

·     If no match is found, the packet is assigned to the default queue.

Examples

# Apply PQ list 12 to user profile a.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] user-profile a

[Sysname-user-profile-a] qos pq pql 12

qos pql default-queue

Use qos pql default-queue to specify a priority queue as the default queue for a PQ list.

Use undo qos pql default-queue to restore the default.

Syntax

4-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index default-queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index default-queue

8-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index default-queue queue-number

undo qos pql pql-index default-queue

Default

The normal queue is the default queue for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-number: Specifies a queue by its number in the range of 0 to 7. Queue 0 through queue 7 are in ascending order of priority.

Usage guidelines

If a packet does not match any criteria in a PQ list, the packet is assigned to the default queue of the PQ list.

If you execute this command multiple times for the same PQ list, the most recent configuration takes effect.

On devices supporting 8-priority PQ, you can use the command for 4-queue or 8-queue PQ to specify the default queue for packets that match no rules. Queue 4 through queue 7 correspond to the bottom queue, normal queue, middle queue, and top queue, respectively.

Examples

# Specify the bottom queue as the default queue for PQ list 12.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 12 default-queue bottom

qos pql inbound-interface

Use qos pql inbound-interface to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets received on the specified interface to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql inbound-interface to delete an assignment rule based on the specified input interface from a PQ list.

Syntax

4-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number

8-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number queue queue-number

undo qos pql pql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an input interface by its type and number.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-number: Specifies a queue by its number in the range of 0 to 7. Queue 0 through queue 7 are in ascending order of priority.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on input interfaces.

On devices supporting 8-priority PQ, you can use the command for 4-queue or 8-queue PQ to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets received on the specified interface to a priority queue. Queue 4 through queue 7 correspond to the bottom queue, normal queue, middle queue, and top queue, respectively.

Examples

# In PQ list 12, assign packets received on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to the middle queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 12 inbound-interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 queue middle

qos pql local-precedence

Use qos pql local-precedence to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets with any of the specified local precedence values to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql local-precedence to delete an assignment rule based on the specified local precedence values from a PQ list.

Syntax

4-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list

8-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list queue queue-number

undo qos pql pql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

local-precedence-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight local precedence values. The value range is 0 to 7.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-number: Specifies a queue by its number in the range of 0 to 7. Queue 0 through queue 7 are in ascending order of priority.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on local precedence values.

On devices supporting 8-priority PQ, you can use the command for 4-queue or 8-queue PQ to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets with any of the specified local precedence values to a priority queue. Queue 4 through queue 7 correspond to the bottom queue, normal queue, middle queue, and top queue, respectively.

Examples

# In PQ list 12, assign packets with local precedence 3 to the middle queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 12 local-precedence 3 queue middle

qos pql protocol

Use qos pql protocol to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets of the specified protocol type to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql protocol to delete an assignment rule based on the specified protocol type from a PQ list.

Syntax

4-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ] queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ]

8-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ] queue queue-number

undo qos pql pql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ]

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-number: Specifies a queue by its number in the range of 0 to 7. Queue 0 through queue 7 are in ascending order of priority.

queue-key key-value: Matches specific IP or IPv6 packets. If you specify neither the queue-key argument nor the key-value argument, all IP or IPv6 packets are matched.

Table 29 Values of the queue-key argument and the key-value argument

queue-key

key-value

Description

acl

ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999

Packets matching a specific ACL are enqueued.

fragments

N/A

Fragmented packets are enqueued.

greater-than

Length in the range of 0 to 65535

Packets greater than a specific size are enqueued.

less-than

Length in the range of 0 to 65535

Packets smaller than a specific size are enqueued.

tcp

Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name

Packets with a specific source or destination TCP port number are enqueued.

udp

Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name

Packets with a specific source or destination UDP port number are enqueued.

 

Usage guidelines

When classifying a packet, the system matches the packet against match criteria in the order configured. When a match is found, the matching process ends.

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on protocol types.

On devices supporting 8-priority PQ, you can use the command for 4-queue or 8-queue PQ to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets of the specified protocol type to a priority queue. Queue 4 through queue 7 correspond to the bottom queue, normal queue, middle queue, and top queue, respectively.

When you specify an ACL when executing this command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     If the ACL does not exist or the ACL does not contain any rules, the ACL does not take effect.

·     If a rule in the ACL is configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on VPN packets. If the rule is not configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on public network packets.

Examples

# In PQ list 5, assign IP packets matching ACL 3100 to the top queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 5 protocol ip acl 3100 queue top

# In PQ list 6, assign IP packets matching ACL 3100 to queue 7.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 6 protocol ip acl 3100 queue 7

qos pql protocol mpls exp

Use qos pql protocol mpls exp to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets with any of the specified MPLS EXP values to a priority queue.

Use undo qos pql protocol mpls exp to delete an assignment rule based on the specified MPLS EXP values from a PQ list.

Syntax

4-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list queue { bottom | middle | normal | top }

undo qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list

8-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list queue queue-number

undo qos pql pql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a PQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

exp-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight MPLS EXP values. The value range is 0 to 7.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-number: Specifies a queue by its number in the range of 0 to 7. Queue 0 through queue 7 are in ascending order of priority.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same PQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on MPLS EXP values.

On devices supporting 8-priority PQ, you can use the command for 4-queue or 8-queue PQ to configure an assignment rule for a PQ list to assign packets with any of the specified MPLS EXP values to a priority queue. Queue 4 through queue 7 correspond to the bottom queue, normal queue, middle queue, and top queue, respectively.

Examples

# In PQ list 5, assign packets with MPLS EXP value 2 or 4 to the top queue.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 5 protocol mpls exp 2 4 queue top

qos pql queue

Use qos pql queue to specify the length of a priority queue in a PQ list.

Use undo qos pql queue to restore the default length for a priority queue in a PQ list.

Syntax

4-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index queue { bottom | middle | normal | top } queue-length queue-length

undo qos pql pql-index queue { bottom | middle | normal | top } queue-length

8-queue PQ:

qos pql pql-index queue queue-number queue-length queue-length

undo qos pql pql-index queue queue-number queue-length

Default

The queue length values for top, middle, normal, and bottom queues are 20, 40, 60, and 80, respectively.

The queue length values for queue 3 through queue 0 are 80, 80, 100, and 100, respectively.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

pql-index: Specifies a PQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

top: Specifies the top queue.

middle: Specifies the middle queue.

normal: Specifies the normal queue.

bottom: Specifies the bottom queue.

queue-number: Specifies a queue by its number in the range of 0 to 7. Queue 0 through queue 7 are in ascending order of priority.

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

If a queue is full, all subsequent packets to this queue are dropped.

On devices supporting 8-priority PQ, you can use the command for 4-queue or 8-queue PQ to specify the length of a priority queue. Queue 4 through queue 7 correspond to the bottom queue, normal queue, middle queue, and top queue, respectively.

Examples

# In PQ list 5, set the length of the top queue to 10.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 5 queue top queue-length 10

# In PQ list 6, set the length of queue 6 to 20.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos pql 6 queue queue 6 queue-length 20

CQ commands

display qos cql

Use display qos cql to display the CQ list configuration.

Syntax

In standalone mode:

display qos cql [ cql-index ]

In IRF mode:

display qos cql [ cql-index ] [ slot slot-number ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16. If you do not specify a CQ list, this command displays the configuration of all CQ lists.

slot slot-number: Specifies an IRF member device by its member ID. If you do not specify a member device, this command displays the CQ list configuration for the master device. (In IRF mode.)

Examples

# Display the configuration of all CQ lists.

<Sysname> display qos cql

Current CQL configuration:

List  Queue  Parameters

------------------------------------------------------

2     3      Protocol ip fragments

3     6      Length 100

3     1      Inbound-interface GigabitEthernet1/0/1

4     5      Local-precedence 7

display qos queue cq interface

Use display qos queue cq interface to display the CQ information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue cq interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the CQ information for all interfaces except VA interfaces and dialer interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the CQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the CQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the CQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname>display qos queue cq interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Custom queuing: CQL 1 Size/Length/Discards

1:   0/20/0          2:   0/20/0          3:   0/20/0

4:   0/20/0          5:   0/20/0          6:   0/20/0

7:   0/20/0          8:   0/20/0          9:   0/20/0

10:   0/20/0         11:   0/20/0         12:   0/20/0

13:   0/20/0         14:   0/20/0         15:   0/20/0

16:   0/20/0

Table 30 Command output

Field

Description

Size

Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.

Length

Number of packets allowed in each queue.

Discards

Number of dropped packets.

 

qos cq

Use qos cq to apply a CQ list to an interface or PVC.

Use undo qos cq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos cq cql cql-index

undo qos cq

Default

An interface or PVC uses FIFO queuing.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

If you execute this command multiple times on an interface or PVC, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Multiple match criteria can be configured for a CQ list. When a packet arrives, it is examined against match criteria in their configuration order.

·     If a match is found, the packet is assigned to the corresponding queue, and the matching process ends.

·     If no match is found, the packet is assigned to the default queue.

You must configure the rate limit for the queuing feature to take effect on the following interfaces:

·     Tunnel interfaces.

·     Subinterfaces.

·     Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

·     HDLC link bundle interfaces.

·     VT and dialer interfaces configured with PPPoE, PPPoA, PPPoEoA, PPPoFR, or MPoFR. (To configure MPoFR, make sure the Frame Relay interface in MPoFR is not enabled with FRTS.)

Examples

# Apply CQ list 5 to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos cq cql 5

qos cql default-queue

Use qos cql default-queue to specify a custom queue as the default queue for a CQ list.

Use undo qos cql default-queue to restore the default.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index default-queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index default-queue

Default

Queue 1 is the default queue.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

If a packet does not match any criteria in a CQ list, the packet is assigned to the default queue of the CQ list.

Examples

# Specify queue 2 as the default queue for CQ list 5.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 default-queue 2

qos cql inbound-interface

Use qos cql inbound-interface to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets received on the specified interface to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql inbound-interface to delete an assignment rule based on the specified input interface from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index inbound-interface interface-type interface-number

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an input interface by its type and number.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on input interfaces.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign packets received from GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 inbound-interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1 queue 3

qos cql local-precedence

Use qos cql local-precedence to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets with any of the specified local precedence values to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql local-precedence to delete an assignment rule based on the specified local precedence values from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index local-precedence local-precedence-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

local-precedence-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight local precedence values. The value range is 0 to 7.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on local precedence values.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign packets with local precedence 4 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 local-precedence 4 queue 3

qos cql protocol

Use qos cql protocol to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets of the specified protocol type to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql protocol to delete an assignment rule based on the specified protocol type from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ] queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index protocol { ip | ipv6 } [ queue-key key-value ]

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-key key-value: Matches specific IP or IPv6 packets. If you specify neither the queue-key argument nor the key-value argument, all IP or IPv6 packets are matched.

Table 31 Values of the queue-key argument and the key-value argument

queue-key

key-value

Description

acl

ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999

Packets matching a specific ACL are enqueued.

fragments

N/A

Fragmented packets are enqueued.

greater-than

Length in the range of 0 to 65535

Packets greater than a specific size are enqueued.

less-than

Length in the range of 0 to 65535

Packets smaller than a specific size are enqueued.

tcp

Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name

Packets with a specific source or destination TCP port number are enqueued.

udp

Port number in the range of 0 to 65535 or port name

Packets with a specific source or destination UDP port number are enqueued.

 

Usage guidelines

When classifying a packet, the system matches the packet against match criteria in their configuration order. When a match is found, the matching process ends.

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on protocol types.

When you specify an ACL when executing this command, follow these restrictions and guidelines:

·     If the ACL does not exist or the ACL does not contain any rules, the ACL does not take effect.

·     If a rule in the ACL is configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on VPN packets. If the rule is not configured with the vpn-instance keyword, the rule takes effect only on public network packets.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign IP packets matching ACL 3100 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 protocol ip acl 3100 queue 3

qos cql protocol mpls exp

Use qos cql protocol mpls exp to configure an assignment rule for a CQ list to assign packets with any of the specified MPLS EXP values to a custom queue.

Use undo qos cql protocol mpls exp to delete an assignment rule based on the specified MPLS EXP values from a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list queue queue-id

undo qos cql cql-index protocol mpls exp exp-list

Default

No assignment rule is configured for a CQ list.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

exp-list: Specifies a space-separated list of up to eight MPLS EXP values. The value range is 0 to 7.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command multiple times for the same CQ list to establish multiple assignment rules based on MPLS EXP values.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, assign packets with MPLS EXP value 2 or 4 to custom queue 3.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 protocol mpls exp 2 4 queue 3

qos cql queue

Use qos cql queue to specify the length of a custom queue in a CQ list.

Use undo qos cql queue to restore the default length for a custom queue in a CQ list.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index queue queue-id queue-length queue-length

undo qos cql cql-index queue queue-id queue-length

Default

The queue length is 20 for each queue.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in a custom queue, in the range of 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

If a queue is full, all subsequent packets to this queue are dropped.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, set the length of custom queue 4 to 40.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 queue 4 queue-length 40

qos cql queue serving

Use qos cql queue serving to specify the number of bytes forwarded from a queue during a cycle.

Use undo qos cql queue serving to restore the default.

Syntax

qos cql cql-index queue queue-id serving byte-count

undo qos cql cql-index queue queue-id serving

Default

The number of bytes forwarded from a queue during a cycle is 1500 bytes.

Views

System view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

cql-index: Specifies a CQ list by its number in the range of 1 to 16.

queue-id: Specifies a custom queue by its ID in the range of 1 to 16.

byte-count: Specifies the number of bytes forwarded from a queue during a cycle of queue scheduling. The value range for the byte-count argument is 1 to 16777215 bytes.

Examples

# In CQ list 5, set the byte count to 1400 for queue 2.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] qos cql 5 queue 2 serving 1400

WFQ commands

display qos queue wfq

Use display qos queue wfq to display the WFQ information for interfaces, PVCs, or PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue wfq { interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the WFQ information for all interfaces except VA interfaces and dialer interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the WFQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the WFQ information for all PWs.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the WFQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the WFQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue wfq interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Weighted Fair queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/64/0

  Weight: IP Precedence

  Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/128

# Display the WFQ information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue wfq l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Weighted Fair queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/64/0

  Weight: IP Precedence

  Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/128

Table 32 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.

L2VPN-PW

A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.

Size

Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.

Length

Number of packets allowed in each queue.

Discards

Number of dropped packets.

Weight

Weight type:

·     IP Precedence.

·     DSCP.

Active

Number of active WFQ queues.

Max active

Maximum number of active WFQ queues that was reached.

Total

Total number of configured WFQ queues.

 

qos wfq

Use qos wfq to apply WFQ to an interface, PVC, or PW, or modify WFQ parameters.

Use undo qos wfq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wfq [ dscp | precedence ] [ queue-number total-queue-number | queue-length max-queue-length ] *

undo qos wfq

Default

An interface, PVC, or PW uses FIFO queuing.

Views

Cross-connect PW view/VSI LDP PW view/VSI static PW view

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp: Specifies DSCP as the weight type.

precedence: Specifies IP precedence as the weight type. This is the default weight type.

queue-length max-queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets a queue can hold. The value range for the max-queue-length argument is 1 to 1024, and the default is 64.

queue-number total-queue-number: Specifies the total number of queues, which can be 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096. The default is 256.

Usage guidelines

You must configure the rate limit for the queuing feature to take effect on the following interfaces:

·     Tunnel interfaces.

·     Subinterfaces.

·     Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

·     HDLC link bundle interfaces.

·     VT and dialer interfaces configured with PPPoE, PPPoA, PPPoEoA, PPPoFR, or MPoFR. (To configure MPoFR, make sure the Frame Relay interface in MPoFR is not enabled with FRTS.)

Examples

# Apply WFQ to GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, and set the maximum queue length to 100 and the total number of queues to 512.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

Related commands

display qos queue wfq interface

RTPQ commands

display qos queue rtpq interface

Use display qos queue rtpq interface to display the RTPQ information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos queue rtpq interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the RTPQ information for all interfaces except VA interfaces and dialer interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the RTPQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the RTPQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the RTPQ information for GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> display qos queue rtpq interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - RTP queuing: Size/Max/Outputs/Discards 0/0/0/0

Table 33 Command output

Field

Description

Size

Number of packets in a queue.

Max

Historical maximum number of packets in the queue.

Outputs

Number of sent packets.

Discards

Number of dropped packets.

Interface

Interface name, indicating the interface type and interface number.

Output queue

Current output queue.

 

qos rtpq

Use qos rtpq to enable RTPQ on an interface or PVC for RTP packets to specific UDP ports.

Use undo qos rtpq to restore the default.

Syntax

qos rtpq start-port first-rtp-port-number end-port last-rtp-port-number bandwidth bandwidth [ cbs committed-burst-size ]

undo qos rtpq

Default

RTPQ is disabled on an interface or PVC.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

start-port first-rtp-port-number: Specifies the start UDP port number in the range of 2000 to 65535.

end-port last-rtp-port-number: Specifies the end UDP port number in the range of 2000 to 65535.

bandwidth bandwidth: Specifies the maximum bandwidth allowed for the RTP priority queue, in the range of 8 to 1000000 kbps.

cbs committed-burst-size: Specifies the CBS in the range of 1500 to 2000000 bytes. The default for the committed-burst-size argument is 25 x bandwidth.

Usage guidelines

You must configure the rate limit for the RTPQ feature to take effect on the following interfaces:

·     Tunnel interfaces.

·     Subinterfaces.

·     Layer 3 aggregate interfaces.

·     HDLC link bundle interfaces.

·     VT and dialer interfaces configured with PPPoE, PPPoA, PPPoEoA, PPPoFR, or MPoFR.

This command provides preferential service for delay-sensitive applications, such as real-time voice traffic transmission.

Set the bandwidth argument to a value greater than the required bandwidth for real-time applications to allow bursts of traffic.

Examples

# Enable RTPQ on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 for RTP packets with a destination UDP port number in the range of 16384 to 32767.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos rtpq start-port 16384 end-port 32767 bandwidth 64

CBQ commands

display qos queue cbq

Use display qos queue cbq to display the CBQ information for interfaces, PVCs, or PWs.

Syntax

display qos queue cbq { interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ] | l2vpn-pw [ peer ip-address pw-id pw-id ] }

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command the CBQ information for all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command the CBQ information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

peer ip-address pw-id pw-id: Specifies a PW by its peer PE LSR ID and its PW ID. The ip-address argument represents the LSR ID of the peer PE of the PW. The value range for the pw-id argument is 1 to 4294967295. If you do not specify a PW, this command displays the CBQ information for all PWs.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the CBQ information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the CBQ information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos queue cbq interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Class Based Queuing: Size/Discards 0/0

Queue Size: EF/AF/BE 0/0/0

  BE Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/256

  AF Queues: Allocated 1

  Bandwidth(kbps): Available/Max reserve 74992/75000

# Display the CBQ information for all PWs.

<Sysname> display qos queue cbq l2vpn-pw

L2VPN-PW: peer 1.1.1.1, pw-id 1

Output queue - Urgent queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/100/0

Output queue - Protocol queuing: Size/Length/Discards 0/500/0

Output queue - Class Based Queuing: Size/Discards 0/0

Queue Size: EF/AF/BE 0/0/0

  BE Queues: Active/Max active/Total 0/0/256

  AF Queues: Allocated 1

  Bandwidth(kbps): Available/Max reserve 74992/75000

Table 34 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface name, including the interface type and interface number.

L2VPN-PW

A PW is uniquely identified by a combination of the peer PE IP address and PW ID.

Size

Total number of bytes of packets in all queues.

Length

Number of packets allowed in each queue.

Discards

Number of dropped packets.

EF

EF queue.

AF

AF queue.

BE

BE queue.

Active

Number of active BE queues.

Max active

Maximum number of active BE queues allowed.

Total

Total number of BE queues.

Available

Available bandwidth for CBQ.

Max reserve

Maximum reserved bandwidth for CBQ.

 

qos reserved-bandwidth

Use qos reserved-bandwidth to set the maximum reserved bandwidth as a percentage of available bandwidth on the interface.

Use undo qos reserved-bandwidth to restore the default.

Syntax

qos reserved-bandwidth pct percent

undo qos reserved-bandwidth

Default

The maximum reserved bandwidth is 80% of available bandwidth on the interface.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

percent: Specifies the percentage of available bandwidth to be reserved. The value range for this argument is 1 to 100.

Usage guidelines

The maximum reserved bandwidth is set on a per-interface or per-PVC basis. It decides the maximum bandwidth assignable for the QoS queues on an interface or PVC. It is typically set no greater than 80% of available bandwidth, considering the bandwidth for control traffic and Layer 2 frame headers.

Use the default maximum reserved bandwidth setting in most situations. If you adjust the setting, make sure the Layer 2 frame header plus the data traffic is under the maximum available bandwidth of the interface.

The maximum available bandwidth of an interface can be set by using the bandwidth command. For more information about this command, see Interface Command Reference.

If you execute the qos reserved-bandwidth pct command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the maximum reserved bandwidth to 70% of available bandwidth on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos reserved-bandwidth pct 70

queue af

Use queue af to enable assured-forwarding (AF) and set its minimum guaranteed bandwidth.

Use undo queue af to restore the default.

Syntax

queue af bandwidth { bandwidth | pct percentage | remaining-pct remaining-percentage }

undo queue af

Default

AF is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth: Specifies the bandwidth in 8 to 10000000 kbps.

pct percentage: Specifies the percentage of the available bandwidth, in the range of 1 to 100.

remaining-pct remaining-percentage: Specifies the percentage of the remaining bandwidth, in the range of 1 to 100.

Usage guidelines

To associate the traffic behavior configured with the queue af command with a class in a policy, you must follow these requirements:

·     The total bandwidth assigned to AF and EF queues in a policy cannot exceed the maximum available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.

·     The total percentage of bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed 100.

·     The bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy must use the same form, either as an absolute bandwidth value or as a percentage.

If you execute the queue af command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure AF in traffic behavior database and assign the minimum guaranteed bandwidth 200 kbps to it.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

queue ef

Use queue ef to configure expedited forwarding (EF) and assign its maximum bandwidth.

Use undo queue ef to restore the default.

Syntax

queue ef bandwidth { bandwidth [ cbs burst ] | pct percentage [ cbs-ratio ratio ] }

undo queue ef

Default

EF is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

bandwidth: Specifies the bandwidth in 8 to 10000000 kbps.

cbs burst: Sets the CBS in 32 to 1000000000 bytes. The default CBS value is bandwidth × 25.

pct percentage: Specifies the percentage of the available bandwidth, in the range of 1 to 100.

cbs-ratio ratio: Sets the allowed burst ratio in the range of 25 to 500. This default is 25.

Usage guidelines

You cannot use this command in conjunction with the queue af or queue-length command in the same traffic behavior.

In a policy, the default class cannot be associated with the traffic behavior that has the queue ef command.

The total bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed the maximum available bandwidth of the interface where the policy is applied.

The total percentage of the maximum available bandwidth assigned to AF and EF in a policy cannot exceed 100.

The bandwidths assigned to AF and EF in a policy must have the same type, bandwidth or percentage.

After the queue ef bandwidth pct percentage [ cbs-ratio ratio ] command is used, CBS equals (Interface available bandwidth × percentage × ratio)/100/1000.

After the queue ef bandwidth bandwidth [ cbs burst ] command is used, CBS equals burst. If the burst argument is not specified, CBS equals bandwidth × 25.

If you execute the queue ef command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Configure EF in traffic behavior database, with the maximum bandwidth as 200 kbps and CBS as 5000 bytes.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue ef bandwidth 200 cbs 5000

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

queue sp

Use queue sp to configure SP.

Use undo queue sp to restore the default.

Syntax

queue sp

undo queue sp

 

Default

SP is not configured.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Usage guidelines

The traffic behavior configured with this command cannot be associated with the default class.

The SP queue length is fixed at 500.

You cannot configure this command together with either of the following command combinations in one traffic behavior:

·     queue af and queue-length.

·     queue ef and queue-length.

Examples

# Configure SP.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue sp

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

queue wfq

Use queue wfq to configure WFQ for the default class.

Use undo queue wfq to restore the default.

Syntax

queue wfq [ queue-number total-queue-number ]

undo queue wfq

 

Default

WFQ is not configured for the default class.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

queue-number total-queue-number: Specifies the number of fair queues, which can be 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096. The default is 256.

Usage guidelines

The traffic behavior configured with this command can only be associated with the default class. This command can be used in conjunction with the queue-length or wred command in the same traffic behavior.

Examples

# Configure the default class to use WFQ with 16 queues.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior test

[Sysname-behavior-test] queue wfq queue-number 16

[Sysname] qos policy user1

[Sysname-qospolicy-user1] classifier default-class behavior test

Related commands

display qos queue cbq interface

traffic behavior

queue-length

Use queue-length to set the queue length used for tail drop.

Use undo queue-length to restore the default.

Syntax

queue-length queue-length

undo queue-length

Default

The queue length used for tail drop is 64.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

queue-length: Specifies the maximum number of packets allowed in the FIFO queue. The value range for this argument is 1 to 1024.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure the queue af command or the queue wfq command has been configured.

The undo queue af or undo queue wfq command deletes the queue length configured by using the queue-length command.

If you execute the queue-length command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the maximum queue length to 16 and specify tail drop for AF.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue-length 16

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred

Use wred to enable WRED.

Use undo wred to restore the default.

Syntax

wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ]

undo wred

 

Default

WRED is disabled.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp: Uses the DSCP value for calculating the drop probability for a packet.

ip-precedence: Uses the IP precedence value for calculating the drop probability for a packet. This is the default.

Usage guidelines

You can configure this command only after you have configured the queue af or queue wfq command.

 

This command and the queue-length command are mutually exclusive in a traffic behavior. The command executed later overwrites the previously executed one.

The undo wred command also deletes other WRED settings.

Examples

# Enable WRED in traffic behavior database and calculate the drop probabilities based on IP precedence values.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue wfq

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred dscp

Use wred dscp to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for packets with a DSCP value.

Use undo wred dscp to delete the settings for a DSCP value.

Syntax

wred dscp dscp-value low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit [ discard-probability discard-prob ]

undo wred dscp dscp-value

 

Default

The lower limit is 10, and the upper limit is 30.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies a DSCP value in the range of 0 to 63. This argument can also be represented by using one of the keywords listed in Table 7.

low-limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255. The default is 10.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure DSCP-based WRED is enabled by using the wred command.

The wred dscp command configuration is deleted when the undo wred command is executed.

Removing the queue af or queue wfq command configuration also removes the WRED-related parameters.

Examples

# Set the following parameters for packets with DSCP value 3: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue wfq

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred dscp

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred dscp 3 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred

wred ip-precedence

Use wred ip-precedence to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for packets with an IP precedence value.

Use undo wred ip-precedence to delete the settings for an IP precedence value.

Syntax

wred ip-precedence precedence low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit [ discard-probability discard-prob ]

undo wred ip-precedence precedence

 

Default

The lower limit is 10, and the upper limit is 30.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

precedence: Specifies an IP precedence value in the range of 0 to 7.

low-limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255. The default is 10.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure IP precedence-based WRED is enabled by using the wred command.

The wred ip-precedence command configuration is deleted when the undo wred command is executed.

Removing the queue af or queue wfq command configuration also removes the WRED-related parameters.

Examples

# Configure the following parameters for packets with IP precedence value 3: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue wfq

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred ip-precedence

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred ip-precedence 3 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred

wred weighting-constant

Use wred weighting-constant to set the exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size.

Use undo wred weighting-constant to restore the default.

Syntax

wred weighting-constant exponent

undo wred weighting-constant

 

Default

The exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size is 9.

Views

Traffic behavior view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

exponent: Specifies the exponent in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, make sure the queue af or queue wfq command is configured and WRED is enabled by using the wred command.

The wred weighting-constant command configuration is deleted when the undo wred command is executed.

 

If you execute the wred weighting-constant command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the WRED exponent to calculate the average queue size to 6.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] traffic behavior database

[Sysname-behavior-database] queue af bandwidth 200

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred ip-precedence

[Sysname-behavior-database] wred weighting-constant 6

Related commands

queue af

queue wfq

wred

Packet information pre-extraction commands

qos pre-classify

Use qos pre-classify to enable packet information pre-extraction on an interface.

Use undo qos pre-classify to disable packet information pre-extraction on an interface.

Syntax

qos pre-classify

undo qos pre-classify

Default

Packet information pre-extraction is disabled on an interface.

Views

Tunnel interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Examples

# Enable packet information pre-extraction on Tunnel 1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface tunnel 1

[Sysname-Tunnel1] qos pre-classify


Congestion avoidance commands

For compatibility of a device for ATM interfaces, see the installation and interface module guides of the device.

WRED commands

display qos wred interface

Use display qos wred interface to display the WRED information for interfaces or PVCs.

Syntax

display qos wred interface [ interface-type interface-number [ pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci } ] ]

Views

Any view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

network-operator

Parameters

interface-type interface-number: Specifies an interface by its type and number. If you do not specify an interface, this command displays the WRED information for all interfaces except VA interfaces. For information about VA interfaces, see PPP in Layer 2—WAN Access Configuration Guide.

pvc { pvc-name | vpi/vci }: Specifies a PVC by its name or VPI/VCI value. You can specify a PVC only for an ATM interface. When you specify an ATM interface but do not specify a PVC, this command displays the WRED information for all PVCs on the ATM interface.

Usage guidelines

If you specify a VT interface, this command displays the WRED information for all VA interfaces of the VT interface. It does not display QoS information about the VT interface.

Examples

# Display the WRED information for all interfaces.

<Sysname> display qos wred interface

Interface: GigabitEthernet1/0/4

 Exponent: 9 (1/512)

 Pre  Low   High  Dis-prob Random-discard  Tail-discard

------------------------------------------------------

0    10    30    10       0               0

1    10    30    10       0               0

2    10    30    10       0               0

3    10    30    10       0               0

4    10    30    10       0               0

5    10    30    10       0               0

6    10    30    10       0               0

7    10    30    10       0               0

Table 35 Command output

Field

Description

Interface

Interface type and interface number.

Exponent

Exponent for average queue length calculation.

Pre

IP precedence of packets.

Low

Lower limit for packets.

High

Higher limit for packets.

Dis-prob

Denominator for drop probability calculation.

Random-discard

Number of packets dropped by WRED.

Tail-discard

Number of packets dropped by tail drop.

qos wred dscp

Use qos wred dscp to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for a DSCP value.

Use undo qos wred dscp to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred dscp dscp-value low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit discard-probability discard-prob

undo qos wred dscp dscp-value

Default

The lower limit is 10, the upper limit is 30, and the drop probability denominator is 10.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp-value: Specifies a DSCP value in the range of 0 to 63. This argument can also be represented by using one of the keywords listed in Table 7.

low-limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, enable DSCP-based WRED on the interface or PVC with the qos wred dscp enable command. The upper and lower limits restrict the average queue length.

Examples

# Configure the following parameters for packets with DSCP value 63 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred dscp enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred dscp 63 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

display qos wred interface

qos wred enable

qos wred enable

Use qos wred enable to enable WRED on an interface or PVC.

Use undo qos wred enable to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ] enable

undo qos wred [ dscp | ip-precedence ] enable

Default

An interface or PVC uses tail drop.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

dscp: Uses the DSCP values for calculating the drop probability.

ip-precedence: Uses the IP precedence for calculating the drop probability. This is the default.

Usage guidelines

you must enable WFQ on the interface before configuring the qos wred enable command.

Examples

# Enable WRED on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1, and use the IP precedence for drop probability calculation.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred ip-precedence enable

Related commands

display qos wred interface

qos wred enable

qos wred ip-precedence

Use qos wred ip-precedence to set the lower limit, upper limit, and drop probability denominator for an IP precedence value.

Use undo qos wred ip-precedence to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred ip-precedence ip-precedence low-limit low-limit high-limit high-limit discard-probability discard-prob

undo qos wred ip-precedence ip-precedence

Default

The lower limit is 10, the upper limit is 30, and the drop probability denominator is 10.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

ip-precedence precedence: Specifies an IP precedence value in the range of 0 to 7.

low-limit low-limit: Specifies the lower WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

high-limit high-limit: Specifies the upper WRED limit (in packets) in the range of 1 to 1024.

discard-probability discard-prob: Specifies the denominator for drop probability calculation, in the range of 1 to 255.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, enable IP precedence-based WRED on the interface or PVC with the qos wred enable command.

The upper and lower limits restrict the average queue length.

Examples

# Configure the following parameters for packets with IP precedence value 3 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1: lower limit 20, upper limit 40, and drop probability denominator 15.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred ip-precedence enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred ip-precedence 3 low-limit 20 high-limit 40 discard-probability 15

Related commands

display qos wred interface

qos wred enable

qos wred weighting-constant

Use qos wred weighting-constant to set the exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size.

Use undo qos wred weighting-constant to restore the default.

Syntax

qos wred weighting-constant exponent

undo qos wred weighting-constant

Default

The exponent for WRED to calculate the average queue size is 9.

Views

Interface view

PVC view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

exponent: Specifies the exponent for average queue length calculation, in the range of 1 to 16.

Usage guidelines

Before configuring this command, enable WRED on the interface or PVC with the qos wred enable command.

If you execute the qos wred weighting-constant command multiple times, the most recent configuration takes effect.

Examples

# Set the exponent for the average queue size calculation to 6 on GigabitEthernet 1/0/1.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wfq queue-length 100 queue-number 512

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred enable

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] qos wred weighting-constant 6

Related commands

display qos wred interface

qos wred enable


QPPB commands

bgp-policy

Use bgp-policy to enable QPPB, which transmits the apply ip-precedence and apply qos-local-id configuration through BGP routing policies.

Use undo bgp-policy to restore the default.

Syntax

bgp-policy { destination | source } { ip-prec-map | ip-qos-map } *

undo bgp-policy { destination | source } [ ip-prec-map | ip-qos-map ] *

Default

QPPB is disabled.

Views

Interface view

Predefined user roles

network-admin

Parameters

destination: Searches the routing table by destination IP address.

source: Searches the routing table by source IP address. If the source keyword is specified, the source IP address is used as the destination address for inverse lookup.

ip-prec-map: Sets an IP precedence value for matching packets.

ip-qos-map: Sets a local QoS ID for matching packets.

Usage guidelines

 

The bgp-policy command applies only to the incoming traffic of an interface.

In an MPLS L3VPN, the bgp-policy command is executed after the QoS features are performed in the inbound direction of the PE's public network interface. In any other case, the bgp-policy command is executed before the QoS features.

If you configure either of the following bgp-policy command pairs, both commands in the pair take effect:

·     bgp-policy destination ip-prec-map and bgp-policy source ip-qos-map.

·     bgp-policy source ip-prec-map and bgp-policy destination ip-qos-map.

If you configure either of the following bgp-policy command pairs, the command with the destination keyword in the pair takes effect:

·     bgp-policy destination ip-prec-map and bgp-policy source ip-prec-map.

·     bgp-policy destination ip-qos-map and bgp-policy source ip-qos-map.

Examples

# Configure GigabitEthernet 1/0/1 to get the IP precedence and local QoS ID by looking up routes based on source IP address.

<Sysname> system-view

[Sysname] interface gigabitethernet 1/0/1

[Sysname-GigabitEthernet1/0/1] bgp-policy source ip-prec-map ip-qos-map

Related commands

apply ip-precedence (Layer 3—IP Routing Command Reference)

apply qos-local-id (Layer 3—IP Routing Command Reference)

route-policy (Layer 3—IP Routing Command Reference)

  • Cloud & AI
  • InterConnect
  • Intelligent Computing
  • Security
  • SMB Products
  • Intelligent Terminal Products
  • Product Support Services
  • Technical Service Solutions
All Services
  • Resource Center
  • Policy
  • Online Help
All Support
  • Become a Partner
  • Partner Resources
  • Partner Business Management
All Partners
  • Profile
  • News & Events
  • Online Exhibition Center
  • Contact Us
All About Us
新华三官网